1972 - The Vasculum
1972 - The Vasculum
1972 - The Vasculum
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
THE VASCULUM<br />
APRIL <strong>1972</strong><br />
Vol. LVII No. 1 Price £1.00 per annum, post free.<br />
Edited by<br />
T. C. DUNN, B.Sc.<br />
THE POPLARS, CHESTER-LE-STREET<br />
BY THE WAY<br />
Secretaries of Societies and other contributions to "<strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong>" are invited<br />
to send their notes to the Editor before 15th June, <strong>1972</strong>.<br />
THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETIES<br />
In these days of modernisation and keeping up to date, what has been<br />
happening to our constituent Natural History Societies? Have they been standing still<br />
and waiting for something to happen or are they moving forward by tackling new<br />
projects?<br />
In recent years, the Naturalists' Trusts have arrived, with a special<br />
purpose, conservation. We have seen evolution taking place here too, for the joint<br />
trust of Northumberland and Durham has now split into two separate County Trusts.<br />
How has all this affected the Natural History Societies? In spite of the space set aside<br />
in this journal for news from the societies, not much of it is taken up. Hence our<br />
question is very relevant.<br />
We would suggest that some serious work in recording the plants and<br />
animals in the Societies' own areas would be of great value. As the work of the<br />
Naturalists' Trusts becomes more extensive and more areas for conservation come<br />
under scrutiny they could be helped tremendously by the records of the Natural<br />
History Societies. Too often a site of some natural history interest is lost to industry<br />
or some other form of development because nothing is known about its wild life. <strong>The</strong><br />
trusts cannot object to development if they have no reason for doing so and very little<br />
time to find any. If, however, the information has already been gathered by the local<br />
Natural History Society, it is a simple matter to pass it on to the trust at such a time.<br />
<strong>The</strong> need for knowledge of the animal life, and particularly the insects, is most acute.<br />
Time and time again we are asked if there are any special insects in such and such a<br />
habitat and have to admit total ignorance of the site. <strong>The</strong> local natural history society<br />
could do<br />
1
no better service to natural history than to get out into the surrounding countryside<br />
with notebook and pencil and list everything. <strong>The</strong> botanists have done well in<br />
recording the plants from all over Britain but the picture is still not complete. It is not<br />
so easy with animals, of course, because they do not stay still to allow themselves to<br />
be inspected. Much reasearch on distribution is required here and what a worth while<br />
service would be accomplished if this kind of project were undertaken more<br />
frequently and more thoroughly.<br />
It is time for the committees of the Natural History Societies and Field<br />
Clubs to take a look at themselves and see what they are doing and whether they are<br />
fulfilling their objectives. We would pose the question, "Is your aim merely to<br />
entertain or be entertained, or have you some more serious, more important<br />
objective?"<br />
We would be pleased to hear what you are doing in your society. We are always<br />
ready to publish your news and provide you with a little publicity in so doing.<br />
PUBLICATION NEWS<br />
This edition sees the raising of the subscriptions for both membership of<br />
the N.N.U. and the <strong>Vasculum</strong> to £1.00 per annum. You have been warned already in<br />
these pages, but subscriptions for <strong>1972</strong> are already arriving at the old rates. Once<br />
again, please note the increase. Our bill for the October edition proved to be as<br />
astronomical as we feared. <strong>The</strong>re is, therefore, very little in the funds at the moment<br />
for another such effort. At the same time we are under pressure to make it an annual<br />
event and we would certainly like that to be so. It will be impossible without some<br />
more money. If our membership were to be doubled or even trebled, the problem<br />
would be solved. If you want the publication of such an edition to continue the matter<br />
is in your hands. All you have to do is to persuade some of your friends to become<br />
members of the N.N.U. We would very much like to see a lot of the associate<br />
members becoming full members. Could we appeal to all secretaries to mention this<br />
in their society meetings?<br />
In the meantime, prompt payment of subscriptions would be greatly appreciated<br />
FLORA OF DURHAM<br />
<strong>The</strong> meeting arranged by Mr Sayers in the Science Laboratories at<br />
Durham, took place as announced in the last edition of the <strong>Vasculum</strong>. It was a great<br />
success and enthusiastic botanists were present to to volunteer for survey work<br />
afterwards.<br />
2
One of the problems that came out at the meeting was the diffidence of<br />
some people as to the competance of their powers of plant identification. To help<br />
overcome this. Dr. M. E. Bradshaw is planning a course of eight field-meetings in<br />
S.E. Durham in May, June and July on identification of the less familiar groups of<br />
plants including grasses, sedges, etc. She would be pleased to hear from anyone<br />
interested at 32, Old Elvet, Durham. To the same end, Mr. Dunn is running a<br />
residential weekend course at Beamish Hall from 19th to 21st May, <strong>1972</strong>.<br />
Experienced botanists who wish to help should write to Rev. G. G. Graham. <strong>The</strong><br />
Vicarage, Hunwick, Crook, Co. Durham as soon as possible.<br />
THE SOCIETIES<br />
NORTHERN NATURALISTS' UNION<br />
<strong>The</strong> 48th Annual Meeting of the Union was held in the Hancock Museum<br />
on March 25th, by kind permission of the Natural History Society of<br />
Northumberland, Durham and Newcastle upon Tyne and the Museum Management<br />
Committee.<br />
Dr. W. A. Clark, the President was in the Chair. After reading the minutes<br />
of the last Annual General Meeting, the treasurer presented his report coupled with<br />
that of the editor. He pointed out that the specially enlarged edition of the <strong>Vasculum</strong><br />
having cost over £200, the reserves of the Union had been completely used up. It was<br />
therefore necessary, not only to raise subscriptions for membership and the<br />
<strong>Vasculum</strong>, but also to explore the possibility of obtaining grants from various<br />
sources, before another similar volume could be printed. Another effective and more<br />
permanent method would be to increase membership. All members were therefore<br />
urged to do some membership recruitment, and to bring the enlarged edition to the<br />
notice of their friends. <strong>The</strong> Editor would be most pleased to sell copies to any<br />
member of the general public.<br />
Mr. E. Hinton-Clifton, President Elect, was then invited to become<br />
President, whereupon Dr. Clark vacated the Chair in bis favour. During the election<br />
of officers, Mr. Dennis Hall, of 14, Fairburn Avenue, Houghton-le-Spring, Co.<br />
Durham, accepted the post of General Secretary, to the great joy of Mr. Dunn who<br />
had done the Secretary's work in a temporary capacity during the past year. <strong>The</strong>re<br />
followed a few moments silence in memory of Mr. Wilkinson and Mr. Hutchinson<br />
both of whom had passed away only a few weeks before the meeting.<br />
Dr. T. G. Walker of the Department of Botany, University of Newcastle<br />
upon Tyne, then gave a talk entitled "<strong>The</strong> Natural<br />
3
History of Lndonesia." This dealt mainly with two areas, one on the island of Java<br />
and the other on Celebes. His photographs showed beautifully some of the<br />
specialities of the islands. Some of the oddities such as Rafflesia, Nepenthes, the<br />
Lianes and other epiphytes were quite spectacular. No less interesting were some of<br />
the animals.<br />
After a vote of thanks from Dr. Todd, we then moved to a small laboratory nearby to<br />
take tea, served by Miss Vincent and the girls of Chester-le-Street Deanery<br />
Secondary School. <strong>The</strong> exhibits were on display in this room. As always at the<br />
A.G.M., Mr. Cooke's show of spring flowers were again a source of wonder and<br />
pleasure to all members. In addition there was a beautiful collection of old books on<br />
natural history, brought by Mr. R. Johnson, pressed plants by Mr. Hird and a<br />
collection of foreign postage stamps showing plants and animals by Mrs. Gibby.<br />
ANNFIELD PLAIN AND STANLEY NATURALISTS' FIELD CLUB<br />
In spite of continued difficulties with his eyesight, Mr. Fred Wade still<br />
sends in details of the activities of the club as reported in the local press.<br />
A series of very interesting lectures continued during the winter session<br />
except for a period during the coal strike when they had to be cancelled because of<br />
difficulties with the central heating. <strong>The</strong> Annual General Meeting and dinner was<br />
held in the Stanley Civic Hall on January 29th, <strong>1972</strong>. During: the business meeting<br />
officials were elected for <strong>1972</strong>, then the summer outings were announced. <strong>The</strong>se<br />
showed considerable variation including a bus tour of the Lake District, a conducted<br />
tour round the City of Newcastle and a series of walks chosen from areas between the<br />
Scottish border in Kielder Forest and Wensleydale. <strong>The</strong>re was also a photographic<br />
competition for the best 50 transparencies taken by members on summer outings. <strong>The</strong><br />
non-photographers thoroughly enjoyed the show.<br />
After dinner, entertainment was provided by the Song and Folk Dance<br />
Group of the Benfieldside Secondary School under the leadership of Mrs. Muir.<br />
At a special ceremony in the Catchgate Library organised by Councillor Oyston and<br />
the Annfield Plain Reading Room Committee, a portrait photograph of Fred Wade<br />
was hung in the library. This was a tribute to Fred's outstanding leadership in helping<br />
to run the library and the Naturalists' Field Club for so many years. He recalled how<br />
money was obtained from the Carnegie Trust and by local collections to build the<br />
library in 1908. April 1st, <strong>1972</strong> saw the end of the library in its old form, since it has<br />
now been taken over fully by Durham County Council.<br />
4
BIRTLEY AND CHESTER-LE-STREET NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY<br />
<strong>The</strong> fortnightly lectures have continued as in the session before Christmas<br />
with some very interesting talks and discussions. <strong>The</strong> Annual Dinner took place in<br />
January in the Lambton Arms Hotel when a very pleasant evening was spent talking<br />
over old times. <strong>The</strong> Annual General Meeting on March 14th was followed by<br />
selections of members' slides. Some very interesting discussion about these was<br />
forthcoming. This proved to be another very enjoyable evening.<br />
<strong>The</strong> outings on the first Sunday of the month have continued throughout the winter<br />
with excursions to the coast at Seaham Harbour, Hawthorn Dene to see the<br />
snowdrops, etc.<br />
CLEVELAND AND TEESSIDE NATURALISTS' FIELD CLUB<br />
<strong>The</strong> summer programme is now fully prepared and contains a number of<br />
varied activities. <strong>The</strong> emphasis, of course, is on outdoor meetings, some of which are<br />
very local on Wednesday evenings, but many are for half a day or a whole day at<br />
greater distances away from home. Most will rely on members' cars for transport, but<br />
that to the Fame Islands on 11th June is by coach. <strong>The</strong> number of places is limited so<br />
early booking from the secretary is necessary. Anyone interested sho'uld write to Mr.<br />
B. Tinkler, 19, Newham Crescent, Marten, Middlesbrough.<br />
DARLINGTON AND TEESDALE NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB<br />
<strong>The</strong> 1971 report describes a memorable year for the Field Club. A special<br />
dinner was held in April to celebrate the 80th year of foundation. It is hoped too that<br />
the club has at last found a permanent home in the Arthur Pease Projection <strong>The</strong>atre,<br />
part of the Darlington College of Education. For several years now the society has<br />
been on the move from one place to another. Perhaps at long last a settled period is<br />
about to start. Unfortunately the club's museum collection and equipment had to be<br />
somewhat broken up. All the pieces are in the College of Education but in different<br />
rooms.<br />
<strong>The</strong> year has seen a very full programme of lectures, films and discussions<br />
indoors, with outings both in winter and in summer.<br />
<strong>The</strong> various sections have carried out many special projects on their own.<br />
Thorough and carefully checked records have been kept. Of particular significance<br />
are those of the ornithologists, the botanists and the mammalogists.<br />
T he membership has remained absolutely constant and the funds show a<br />
healthy surplus. Altogether there is a good foundation for another successful year in<br />
<strong>1972</strong>.<br />
5
NOTES AND RECORDS<br />
NOTES<br />
Bird Notes. <strong>The</strong> following ornithological observations may be of interest to readers:—<br />
Black Tern: Autumn passage. From August 27th to September 4th, an immature bird was at<br />
Washington ponds.<br />
Arctic/Common Tern: Autumn passage. During August and up to September 16th, present daily at<br />
Washington ponds, with a maximum of at least 110 terns on September 4th. <strong>The</strong>se ponds are 51/2 miles inland<br />
from the sea.<br />
Ruff: Autumn passage. Up to 28 birds present at the Washington Ponds, throughout August and<br />
September.<br />
Common Sandpiper: On the evening of August 23rd, during the hours of darkness, an individual<br />
was heard calling as it flew overhead towards the south on autumn passage, at Shield Row. Previously, on August<br />
15th, two birds were observed by the side of a stream at Tanfield, less than half a mile from Shield Row.<br />
Little Ringed Plover: An individual at the Washington ponds on August 27th. Breeding was<br />
suspected in the area in 1970, as a family party was seen for several weeks in late summer of that year.<br />
Spotted Redshank: Autumn passage. On August 27th, three birds at Washington ponds.<br />
Greenshank: Autumn passage. Present at Washington ponds, throughout August and September,<br />
with a maximum of 8 birds on September 4th.<br />
Dunlin: Washington ponds. A single bird on September 27th.<br />
Golden Plover: On October 3rd, an individual was noted at East Tanfield.<br />
Heron: Frequently seen during September at the Washington ponds, with a maximum of three<br />
birds.<br />
Eider Duck: On August 23rd at Seahouses. A drake Eider which was on the sea, was observed on<br />
several occasions diving for fish. On each occasion that it came to the surface a nearby hovering Herring Gull<br />
would swoop down and snatch a fish from the duck's bill.<br />
Common Pochard: A party of 5 birds was at the Washington ponds on September 11th.<br />
Collared Doves: A pair present in the grounds of Newcastle University, during December.<br />
Swift: Late date. On September 13th, an individual was observed flying south over Shield Row.<br />
Whinchat: During a period of "drift" migration on the east coast. An individual bird was noted on<br />
September 13th in Marsden quarry, South Shelds.<br />
Grey Wagtail: Outside the breeding season. A pair were noted by a stream at Tanfield during<br />
October.<br />
R. Marston Palmer.<br />
Dotterel on the Northern Pennines. Regarding the query in the <strong>Vasculum</strong>, Vol. LV, No. 3, page<br />
22, about the last record of the Dotterel on Cross Fell. In the book "<strong>The</strong> Birds of iWestmorland and the Northern<br />
Pennines," (1933) by J. Oliver Wilson, there is a record of two pairs of Doterells spending the summer of 1923 on<br />
a fell in the vicinity of Cross Fell. One of these pairs nested and reared a brood of two. <strong>The</strong> following year dotterel<br />
again appeared and stayed until July, but breeding was not proved. From 1925 to 1933, J. Oliver Wilson saw no<br />
more birds around Cross Fell, but in August of 1927 he noted a party of nine in another part of the Northern<br />
Pennines.<br />
In the Transactions of the Carlisle Natural History Society, Vol. VIII (1954), there is a record of a<br />
nesting bird in the Lake District on June 7th, 1925, and in the Ornithological Report for 1946 for Northumberland<br />
and Durham, there is a note of a pair of Dotterel during Mav on a fell at<br />
6
the head of Allendale. <strong>The</strong> late Mr. G. W. Temperley searched this fell and Cross Fell on three occasions, but<br />
failed to find any birds. During the summer of 1971, two local ornithologists, P. Yeoman and R. Adams searched<br />
the vicinity of Cross Fell to see if the breeding dotterel of the previous year were again present, but none were<br />
seen.<br />
R. Marston Palmer.<br />
Butterflies in the Redworth Area, 1971. <strong>The</strong> return of the butterflies this year has been a great<br />
joy. Not that they are back in full force but some species have appeared for the first time for many years in this<br />
area. Polyommatus icarus Rott., Maniola jurtina L., and Anthocharis cardamines L. were out in good numbers in<br />
places where they had been strangers since 1965. On the Buddleias and Sedums in the garden the most welcome<br />
visitor was one Peacock (Nymphalis io L.) on September 2nd. Small Tortoiseshells (Aglais urticae L.) were in<br />
small numbers, but only one Red Admiral (Vanessa atalanta L.) appeared on October 2nd. <strong>The</strong> Large White<br />
(Pieris brasscae L.) was very late in appearing at any strength this year but was the last butterfly to go off the<br />
wing.<br />
T. W. Jefferson.<br />
Kingfishers. <strong>The</strong>se birds seemi to be getting commoner. I had not seen any for some years, and<br />
then I saw one by the river at Escombe at the end of July, two by Old Durham Beck on the outskirts of Durham<br />
City on August 11th (a situation which might well provide a good nesting site), and one on Tursdale Pond, near<br />
Coxhoe, about a fortnight later.<br />
J. L. Crosby.<br />
RECORDS<br />
AVES — BIRDS<br />
Cygnus cygnus L. (Whooper Swan) 67<br />
A flock of 88 including 23 juveniles on Holywell Pond on November 27th, 1971.<br />
Branta bernicla L. (Brent Goose). 67<br />
A single bird on Holywell Pond on November 27th.<br />
Carduetis carduelis L. (Goldfinch). 66<br />
A flock of approximately 60 on waste ground in South Dock area, Sunderland, on November 9th.<br />
C. J. Gent.<br />
FLOWERING PLANTS AND FERNS<br />
Polygonum viviparum \ 67<br />
W. bank of Tyne opposite Priest's Crag.<br />
Polygonum bistorta L. (Snake-root.) 67<br />
Railway embankment, Jesmond, Newcastle; Lynn Bum near Apperley Bank.<br />
Parietaria diffusa Mert. and Koch. (Pellitory-of-the-Wall). 68<br />
Warkworth Hermitage.<br />
Salix triandra L. (Almond Willow). 68<br />
Tweed bank near St. Cuthbert's.<br />
Andromeda polifolia L. (Marsh Andromeda). 67<br />
Hot Moss (Blenkinsop Common); Towny Moss (Coanwood Common).<br />
Pyrola minor L. (Common Wintergreen). 67<br />
Wood Hall Wood (nr. Harbottle); S. bank of Coquet between Holystone and Dueshill Wood.<br />
Lysimachia vulgaris L. (Yellow Loosestrife). 67<br />
S. bank of Coquet below Wtwd Hall Wood.<br />
Vinca minor L. (Lesser Periwinkle). 68<br />
Near Twizell House (Warenford).<br />
7
Vinca major L. (Greater Periwinkle). 68<br />
Old railway near Cornhill.<br />
Gentianella campestris (L.) Borner. 67, 68<br />
Around old quarries and lime workings near the head of Bateinghope Burn at 1,700 (67). Very<br />
abundant on Ross Links (68).<br />
Polemonium caeruleum L. (Jacob's Ladder). 68<br />
Coquet gravels between Sharpeton and High Farnham.<br />
Pentaglottis sempervirens (L.) Tausch. (Alkanet). 67<br />
Near Duke's House.<br />
Echium vulgare L. (Viper's Bugloss). 68<br />
On the rocks by the Tweed below Comhill; Wark Castle.<br />
Lycium chinense Mill. 68<br />
Railway bridge at St. Cuthberts (Tillmouth).<br />
Scrophularia umbrosa Dumont. 80<br />
Near Trow Crags.<br />
Veronica scutellata L. var. villosa. 67<br />
Swinhope Burn (E. Allendale).<br />
Lathraea squamaria L. (Toothwort). 68<br />
Wooded bank of Tweed below Coldstream Bridge.<br />
Acinos arvensis (Lam.) Dandy. (Basil-Thyme). 68<br />
Old railway near Cornhill.<br />
Lamium hybridum Vill. (Cut-leaved Dead-nettle). 68<br />
Field near St Cuthbert's (Tillmouth).<br />
Galium boreale L. (Northern Bedstraw). 80<br />
Trow Crags.<br />
Senecio squalidus L. (Oxford Ragwort). 67,68<br />
Waste ground near Sandyford Road, Newcastle (67). Old railway near Cornhill (68).<br />
Sambucus racemosa L. 66, 67<br />
On both sides of the Beldon Burn near Hunstanworth.<br />
Petasites hybridus (L.) Gaertn., Mey and Scherb. (female) 67<br />
E. bank of Devil's Water above Dilston.<br />
Filago minima (Sm.) Pers. (Slender Cudweed). 67, 68<br />
Coquet gravels between Holystone and Dueshill Wood (67), and between Sharpeton and High<br />
Farnham (68).<br />
Lactuca virosa L. 68<br />
N. bank of Till between Twizell Bridge and Twizell Mill; on rocks<br />
by the Tweed belOw Cornhill.<br />
Crepis mollis (Jacq.) Ascher. (Soft Hawk's-beard). 66, 67<br />
Roadsides between Hunstanworth and Baybridge (66), and between<br />
Baybridge and Blanchland (67).<br />
Potamogeton x salicifolius Wolfg, (dot. J. E. Dandy). 68<br />
Tweed near St. Cuthbert's and also opposite Lennel Howtown.<br />
Potamogeton obtusifolius Mert. and Koch. (Grassy Pondweed). 68<br />
Barlees Pond.<br />
Potamogeton berchtoldii Fieb. (Small Pondweed). 67, 68<br />
Pond near Sidewood (Tarset Burn) (67). Barlees Pond; Coquet at Angryhaugh (68).<br />
Zannichellia palustris L. (Horned Pondweed). 68<br />
Fenham Burn near Fenham Lowmoor.<br />
Convallaria majalis L. (Lily-of-the-Valley). 67<br />
A large patch on the site of a cut down wood on the Lynn Burn<br />
Gagea lutea (L.) Ker-Gawl. (Yellow Star-of-Bethlehem). 67<br />
By the River Blyth, about 10 ml. from Newcastle.<br />
Paris quadrifolia L. (Herb Paris). 67<br />
N. bank of Hart Burn, S.E. of Hartburn.<br />
Listera cordata (L.) R.Br. (Lesser Twayblade). 67, 68<br />
<strong>The</strong> Dodd at the head of W. Allendale; Great Blacklaw Hill and also by Bog Sike (Thinhope Bum);<br />
wooded S. bank of Coquet below Wood Hall Wood (67); by Barlees Pond (68).<br />
G. A, and M. Swan.<br />
8
THE VASCULUM<br />
JULY <strong>1972</strong><br />
Vol. LVII No. 2 Price £1.00 per annum, post free.<br />
Edited by<br />
T. C. DUNN, B.Sc.<br />
THE POPLARS, CHESTER-LE-STREET<br />
BY THE WAY<br />
Secretaries of Societies and other contributors to "<strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong>" are invited to<br />
send their notes to the Editor before 15th November, <strong>1972</strong>.<br />
PUBLICATIONS<br />
We have published, as a supplement to the <strong>Vasculum</strong>, "Sources of<br />
Information on the Natural History of County Durham," by W. B. Woodward, Keeper<br />
of Science Books at the University of Durham. This list is alphabetically arranged, by<br />
authors, and contains 500 references to books, journals, dissertations, etc. It will be<br />
invaluable to every naturalist in the north who wishes to pursue his specialist interest<br />
further than can be obtained by first hand knowledge in the field, important though<br />
this may be.<br />
<strong>The</strong> booklet has the same format as the extended edition of the <strong>Vasculum</strong>, October<br />
1971. It will NOT be sent out to members as a free issue but, every copy must be sold<br />
in order to pay for the proposed enlarged edition of October <strong>1972</strong>. Its price is 50p. If<br />
you wish to see the <strong>Vasculum</strong> prosper in its new efforts to distribute information<br />
about the natural history of our counties, then buy a copy quickly. We expect to see<br />
the stacks of booklets melt away within a few weeks. Only a limited number of<br />
copies has been printed so order yours from the Editor now, before they all disappear.<br />
9
GUIDE TO THE SOURCE DOCUMENTS OF "THE WILDLIFE OF THE LOWER<br />
DERWENT VALLEY" 1969<br />
A report on the wildlife of the Lower Derwent Valley was written in 1969<br />
by Derek Ungley, who was at that time working in Newcastle upon Tyne for the<br />
Nature Conservancy. <strong>The</strong> purpose behind the report was that the Durham County<br />
Council Planning Department should have a statement from naturalists on the value<br />
placed on various parts of the valley and that this would help the planners to reach<br />
proper conclusions as demands for changing land use inevitably appear. <strong>The</strong> report<br />
was compiled from many documents of very varied descriptions which were<br />
submitted by many people in a grand piece of teamwork that included members of<br />
local natural history societies, the Northumberland and Durham Naturalists' Trust as<br />
it then was, the Nature Conservancy and of course a number of individual<br />
contributors.<br />
In order that the information in the source documents should not be lost,<br />
three sets, complete with maps, have been prepared. One set is to be held by the<br />
County Planning Department for their professional use, one set is to be held by the<br />
Nature Conservancy and one set is to be held by the Science Section of Durham<br />
University Library. It is this last set which people are most readily able to consult<br />
though this must be done during normal working hours in the library. Copies,<br />
including maps, can be made for a charge and under the usual conditions.<br />
While it is hoped that the Guide and the documents will prove useful as<br />
they are, the intention is that new information shall be fed into the dossier on the<br />
valley, in other words to the Keeper of Science Books, University Library, Science<br />
Section, South Road, Durham.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Guide has been deposited at the National Lending Library for Science<br />
and Technology. This means that it has been publicised in the NLL Announcement<br />
Bulletin and that it is available from the NLL in the usual way through your library.<br />
Retention copies can be supplied (NLL form + 2 coupons).<br />
Requesters should quote the full title of the document: — Guide to the<br />
source documents of the wildlife of the Lower Derwent Valley (NLL-D).<br />
To sum up, if you have an interest in the widlife of the Lower Derwent<br />
Valley, you can borrow or buy a copy of the Guide from the NLL or you may consult<br />
a copy held by: —<br />
Durham University Library, Science Section.<br />
Consett Public Library.<br />
Durham County Reference Library.<br />
<strong>The</strong> source documents can be consulted at and copies bought from: —<br />
Durham University Library, Science Section.<br />
10
HOLY ISLAND<br />
<strong>The</strong> deterioration of the natural history and general pollution of Holy<br />
Island in recent years has been brought to our notice by Mr. L. P. Hird, who spends<br />
his holiday there each year.<br />
<strong>The</strong> advent of the new causeway and the tarmac road across the island<br />
foreshore was the milestone which accelerated the breakdown of the old way of life.<br />
Suddenly the island was deluged with people from cars and buses. With them came<br />
paper, broken bottles, beer cans and more recently plastic containers in all sorts of<br />
shapes and sizes. This is pollution in the real sense of the word.<br />
Television has increased the island's popularity by making its religious<br />
history more widely known. <strong>The</strong> cult of having a holiday cottage in the country has<br />
resulted in the buying up of houses at exorbitant prices, far too high for the local<br />
people to afford, with the result that local young people wishing to marry and remain<br />
on the island just cannot find anywhere to live.<br />
But it is not only the sightseers, the cottagers or the Sunday picnic parties<br />
that have brought about the changes. Schools are now sending bus loads of children<br />
during June and July to learn at first hand about the religious history of this part of<br />
Northumbria or to increase their knowledge of natural history. In the latter instance<br />
they come armed with plastic bags to collect specimens of many kinds — plants,<br />
shells, St. Cuthbert's Beads and live marine animals. We do not wish to complain<br />
about the study of natural history, but when up to twenty coach loads of children on<br />
top of the normal complement of visitors by car, are unloaded in such a small area the<br />
pressure on the plants and animals is just too much. When one remembers that this is<br />
all part of the Lindisfarne Nature Reserve, then the time has come to call a halt. If the<br />
marauding humans are not contained in some way, the whole lot will be lost and we<br />
will be left with an island of polluted vegetation, the rarities gone for ever.<br />
On top of all this, a more recent nuisance is the practice of sendng university students<br />
to the island for surveying and mapping exercises. After their day's work, football and<br />
other recreational activities are interfering with the life of the island. This seems to be<br />
totally unnecessary as one place is very much the same as another for this sort of<br />
practice. We would suggest somewhere other than a nature reserve.<br />
THE SOCIETIES<br />
NORTHERN NATURALISTS' UNION<br />
<strong>The</strong> 131st Field Meeting was held at Hawthorn Dene on Saturday, 3rd<br />
June, <strong>1972</strong>. Some sixty members and friends gathered in the dene to be led by Mr.<br />
Dunn along the proposed route of the<br />
11
nature trail at present under construction. It should be mentioned that the dene is a<br />
reserve owned by the Durham County Conservation Trust. We thank the trust for<br />
their kind permission to visit the reserve on this occasion.<br />
<strong>The</strong> woodland flowers were at their best with huge white drifts of<br />
Ramsons, Allium ursinum L. Elsewhere we saw Wood Anemone, Wood Sanicle,<br />
Wood Sorrel, Dog's Mercury, Wood Sedge, Early Purple Orchid, Bugle, Grounud<br />
Ivy, Yellow Pimpernel etc. At one point along the trail a fully active badger's sett was<br />
examined. <strong>The</strong> entomologists beat the trees and bushes for larvae without much of a<br />
return. However, caterpillars of the Winter Moth, Common White Wave and Green<br />
Brindled Crescent were seen.<br />
Bird song was at its peak. <strong>The</strong> Summer visitors were well represented, the<br />
songs of the Chiffchaff, Willow Warbler, Whitethroat and Blackcap were recorded by<br />
Dr. Crosby and Mr. Gent. Resident species heard included blackbird, song thrush,<br />
robin, wren, great tit and chaffinch. Other birds noted were carrion crow, starling,<br />
greenfinch and redpoll.<br />
<strong>The</strong> 132nd Field Meeting was held at Holystone in Coquetdale on<br />
Saturday, 15th July, <strong>1972</strong>. Owing to the remoteness of the venue only six carloads of<br />
members and friends gathered at the car park in the Holystone Reserve, which is<br />
managed by the Northumberland Wildlife Trust. Again we have to thank the Trust for<br />
their kind permission. Dr. Clark led the party across relict woodland to examine the<br />
many interesting flushes that appeared along one contour of the hillside. We found a<br />
large number of sedges, some of them quite rare. <strong>The</strong>re were also a good variety of<br />
rushes, large numbers of the Moorland Spotted Orchid, Dactylorchis maculata (L.)<br />
Vermeul. ssp. ericetorum (E. F. Linton) Vermeul., Butterwort, Pinguicula vulgaris L.<br />
and Round-leaved Sundew, Drosera rotundifolia L.<br />
Insects were plentiful. Flying in the heather were the Small Heath<br />
Butterfly, Coenonympha pamphilus L. and Small Copper, Lycaena phlaeas L. A few<br />
moths were also seen, the most notable being the Smoky Wave, Scopula temata<br />
Schrank. and the Scarce Silver Y, Plusia interrogationis L. <strong>The</strong> Wood Ant, Formica<br />
rufa L. was in huge quantity with large mound nests in the forest areas and slightly<br />
smaller ones in the heathy parts. <strong>The</strong> Click Beetles were flying freely in the unusual<br />
high temperatures as was also the Tiger Beetle.<br />
Of the birds, Mr. Gent noted the Curlew, Blue Tit, Long-tailed Tit, Wren,<br />
Grasshopper Warbler, Whitethroat, Willow Warbler, Dunnock, Meadow Pipit,<br />
Redpoll and Chaffinch.<br />
12
ANNFIELD PLAIN AND STANLEY NATURALISTS' FIELD CLUB<br />
<strong>The</strong> early spring outings have been well attended and in spite of the bad<br />
weather some fine days were chosen for our activities. <strong>The</strong> trip to the Caldbeck area<br />
of Cumberland, led by Miss Wade, was greeted at one point by a wintry blizzard but<br />
this soon cleared to provide some lovely views. In Teesdale the flowers and birds<br />
were up to their usual standard. A sitting grouse with her clutch of eight eggs<br />
provided a good subject for the photographers. New ground was investigated on May<br />
27th when the club visited Barbon Park near Kirby Lonsdale. <strong>The</strong> geologists were<br />
very interested in the many limestone caves with their beautiful stalactites and<br />
stalagmites. Flowers and birds were also seen in numbers but perhaps the most<br />
exciting discovery was that of a squirrel's drey.<br />
SUNDERLAND NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY<br />
Although rather late, a quite excellent publication in the form of the<br />
Society's Annual Report for 1969-70, has been received.<br />
Membership has continued to increase but there continues to be<br />
difficulities about filling buses on field outings. One would not think this to be so<br />
when the records in the report are seen. <strong>The</strong> bird report alone, covering many pages,<br />
lists 425 species. <strong>The</strong> plants, which are being recorded according to their position in<br />
the system of classification, cover another large section although only an instalment<br />
can be given at any one time. <strong>The</strong> records given for the outings are equally<br />
impressive. Apparently several keen members of the society have put in a lot of hard<br />
work with notebook and pencil.<br />
NOTES AND RECORDS<br />
NOTES<br />
Bird Notes. <strong>The</strong> following local ornithological observations may be of interest to readers of the<br />
<strong>Vasculum</strong>:—<br />
Snow Bunting: A flock of 37 birds of this winter visitor were present on the Newcastle Town Moor<br />
during January and February.<br />
Herring Gull: From January 24th to March 8th, an individual was noted at the Newcastle quayside<br />
with a yellow ring on its right leg. It turned out that it had been. ringed as a chick in 1967 on the Isle of May in the<br />
Firth of Forth, by Dr. J. Parsons of Durham University, and had therefore travelled 105 miles due south. <strong>The</strong>re is a<br />
large colony of over 10,000 pairs on the Isle of May.<br />
Common Partridge: A covey of 12 birds was frequently seen on the Newcastle Town Moor and in<br />
the Exhibition Park during January and February.<br />
Rook: <strong>The</strong> rookery in the Haymarket in Newcastle contained 11 occupied nests during the spring.<br />
Bullfinch: A pair were present in Stanley Park on March 30th.<br />
13
Collared Dove: During January and February, up to three pairs were observed in the area of the<br />
Leazes and Exhibition Parks, and the University and Hancock Museum grounds in the centre of Newcastle.<br />
Goldcretst: A pair in the Beamish woods on March 26th.<br />
Kestrel: On March 11th, three kestrels were observed together in an aerial display over Newcastle<br />
University.<br />
Marsh Tit: On April 3rd, a party of three birds were noted in the Causey Woods, whilst during the<br />
same month two pairs were observed in the Beamish woods.<br />
R. Marston Palmer.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Peppered Moth a reversal of a trend ? In the Times of April 5th, <strong>1972</strong>, there is a report from<br />
Manchester of moths changing colour. Until a few years ago, when a programme against smoke pollution in the<br />
North-West began to take effect, zoologists had noticed that moths hiding from predaors on the sides of<br />
Mancheser buildings had black wings.<br />
During the past decade, in which Manchester's air has become steadily cleaner, its sunshine records<br />
improved, the zoologists have recorded that the moths' wings are changing colour to the peppered form. This<br />
matches the cleaned up stonework on the buildings. Hence the trend towards melanism in industrial areas of<br />
Biston betularia L. is in the process of being reversed.<br />
We have not noticed any comparable change in our Durham populations but this is understandable<br />
since we are in the path of pollution being blown from the west. It is more than likely that the effect of smokeless<br />
zones both here and in the west will eventually have a similar result. It will be a worthwhile project for all<br />
naturalists to keep a sharp lockout for Peppered Moths in our areas and report any observations to the Editor.<br />
Mrs. A. N. Gibby.<br />
Barnacle Geese. On May 17th, <strong>1972</strong>, a pair of Barnacle Geese arrived on Joe's Pond, one of the<br />
Trusts's properties. This was a sufficiently unusual occurrence at this time of the year to make a special note of it.<br />
Later it was learnt that two birds had been seen at Barmston Ponds during the previous week, probably the same<br />
pair.<br />
T. C. D.<br />
Spoonbill. A Spoonbill was present on the Barmston Ponds near Washington during part of May<br />
and the greater part of June this year. <strong>The</strong> hypothesis most favoured by the ornithologists is that it was a young<br />
bird hatched jfrom a nest in one of the Dutch colonies earlier in the year. During the usual process of dispersal<br />
from the nesting area after growing up, it had strayed across the North Sea in our direction.<br />
T. C. D.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Glow-worm, Lampyris noctiluca L. On the evening of July 1st, <strong>1972</strong>, the flickering lights of<br />
female Glow-worms were seen quite frequently in Commondale, N. Yorks. It appeared to be more abundant than<br />
is the case in most colonies.<br />
Peter Morgan.<br />
This is a particularly important observation. It is some time since this insect was reported from our area. (Ed.)<br />
RECORDS.<br />
MOLLUSCA SNAILS AND SLUGS<br />
Potamopyrgus jenkinsi. 67<br />
Big Waters; Prestwick Carr.<br />
Carychium minimum. 67<br />
Riverside at Chollerford; Whittle Dene; woodlands at Simonburn; Plankey Mill.<br />
14
Carychium tridentatum. 67<br />
Woodlands at Chollerford; roadside at Haughton Castle.<br />
Lymnaea truncatula. 67<br />
Whittle Dene.<br />
Planorbis carinatus. 67<br />
R. Blyth in Plessey Woods.<br />
Planorbis planorbis. 67<br />
R. Pont at Prestwick Carr.<br />
Planorbis albus. 67<br />
Big Waters.<br />
Cochlicelta lubricella. 67<br />
Woodlands at Sandhoe: Chollerford: Callaly Castle; Whittle Dene.<br />
Columella edentula. 67<br />
Whittle Dene.<br />
Marpessa laminafa. 67<br />
Simonburn; Chollerford; Plankey Mill.<br />
Clausillia dubia. 67<br />
Crow Hall bridge.<br />
Arianta arbustorum. 67<br />
Apperley Dene; Plankey Mill; Hareshaw Linn.<br />
Monachia granulata. 67<br />
Whittle Dene; Sandhoe; roadside near Apperley Dene.<br />
Vitrea contracta. 67<br />
Sandhoe.<br />
Retinella pura. 67<br />
Callaly Castle; Simonburn woodlands.<br />
Limax cinereoneger. 67<br />
Old woodlands at Hareshaw Linn and Whitley Mill.<br />
Lehmannia marginata. 67<br />
Hareshaw Linn; under bark at Linnshiels.<br />
R. Lowe.<br />
INSECTS<br />
COLEOPTERA BEETLES<br />
Lampyris noctiluca L. Glow-worm.<br />
Abundant in Commondale. N. Yorks.<br />
P. Morgan.<br />
FLOWERING PLANTS AND FERNS<br />
Neottia nidus-avis (L.) Hartm. Bird's-nest Orchid. 66, 68<br />
Cassop Vale, a single plant (66); D. J. Bellamy.<br />
Brinkburn Priory Wood (68).<br />
Wood (68).<br />
Coeloglossum viride (L.) Hartm. Frog Orchid. 67<br />
Stocksfield Burn near Old Ridley; limestone outcrop, S.W. of Broomlee Lough.<br />
Gymnadenia conopsea (L.) R.Br. Fragrant Orchid. 67<br />
Tarset Burn near Greenhaugh; Haltwhistle Burn above Broomshaw Hill.<br />
Platanthera chlorantha (Custer) Reichb. Greater Butterfly Orchid. 67<br />
Haltwhistle Burn above Broomshaw Hill.<br />
Dactylorchis incarnata (L.) Vermeul. Meadow Orchid. 68<br />
Between Campfield and Cornhill; English Strother Bog (Learmouth).<br />
Lemna trisutca L. Ivy Duckweed. 68<br />
Barlees Pond; ponds near Coldrife and near Chatton; smaller lake in the grounds of Middleton Hall<br />
(Belford).<br />
Eriophorum lafifolium Hoppe. Broad-leaved Cotton-grass. 67<br />
N. shore of Broomlee Lough; near a stream below Drowning Flow;leading to the Tarn Burn.<br />
15
Schoenus nigricans L. Bog-rush. 68<br />
Between Campfield and Cornhill.<br />
Carex laevigata Sm. Smooth Sedge. 67<br />
Tarset Burn near Greenhaugh; S. bank of Coquet between Holystone and Dueshill Wood.<br />
Carex lepidocarpa Tausch. 67<br />
Gair Burn above Irthing Head; Haddon's Meadow (Tarset Burn).<br />
Carex serotina Merat. 68<br />
Abundant at Ross Links.<br />
Carex pendula Huds. Pendulous Sedge. 67<br />
E. bank of Devil's Water above Dilston.<br />
Carex pauperoula Michx. 67<br />
Falstone Moss; by the side of a pool on Black Knowe, N.E. of Irthing Head; Muckle Moss.<br />
Carex lasiocarpa Ehrh. Slender Sedge. 68<br />
Fruiting at Newham Bog on 6/7/68.<br />
Carex otrubae Podp. False Fox-sedge. 68<br />
By a small pond, near the old railway, N. of Cornhill.<br />
Carex dioica L. Dioecious Sedge. 67, 68<br />
By a tributary of the Ayle Burn (67). Near the head of the Lumsdon Burn (68).<br />
Glyceria maxima (Hartm.) Hoimberg. Reed-grass. 68<br />
On the S. bank of the Till and the E. bank of the Tweed near their junction.<br />
Hordeum murinum L. Wall Barley. 68<br />
Roadside near Tillmouth Park.<br />
Lycopodium selago L. Fir Clubmoss. 67 70<br />
Yett Burn (67) and Beckhead Crag (70) (N. Tyne).<br />
Equisetum hyemale L. Dutch Rush. 67<br />
Plashetts Burn below Wainhope Linn.<br />
Botrychium lunaria (L.) Sw. Moonwort. 67<br />
Railway bank near Kirkhaugh.<br />
Juniperus communis L. Jumper. 67<br />
Near the Bog (Knarsdale); upper part of Dry Burn
Printed by Ramsden Williams Publications Ltd.<br />
Ann Street, Consett, Co. Durham.
THE VASCULUM<br />
Special Enlarged Edition<br />
OCTOBER <strong>1972</strong><br />
VOL. LVII., No. 3. Price: £1-00 per annum.<br />
Edited by<br />
T. C. DUNN, B.Sc., <strong>The</strong> Poplars, Chester-le-Street.<br />
CONTENTS<br />
Editorial<br />
Carex aquatilis Wahlenb:·in Upper Teesdale - H. G. Proctor<br />
<strong>The</strong> Lepidoptera of Chester-le-Street, Co. Durham; 2. Microlepidoptera - T. C. Dunn<br />
Algae of Slapestone Sike, Upper Teesdale - M. K. Hughes and B. A. Whitton<br />
<strong>The</strong> Diatoms of Slapestone Sike, Upper Teesdale - J. R. Carter<br />
<strong>The</strong> Ecology of Tarn Dubh- J. C. Peters<br />
Pleurocladin lacustris A. Braun (Phaeophyta) - A new British Record - S. M. Kirkby,<br />
D. J. Hibberd and B. A. Whitton<br />
Plants of the River Tyne and Future Water Transfer Scheme - N. T. H. Holmes, E. J.<br />
H. Llod, M. Potts and B. A. Whitton<br />
Published by<br />
THE NORTHERN NATURALISTS' UNION
SUBSCRIPTlONS<br />
It was a new experience during the first few months of <strong>1972</strong>, to receive a<br />
continuous stream of subscriptions without any special prodding on the part of the<br />
treasurer. As a result, we are able to announce that fewer subscriptions are<br />
outstanding than ever before at this time of the year. <strong>The</strong>re are still some, however,<br />
and we would appeal once more to these subscribers to try to remember to send all<br />
arrears to the treasurer immediately.<br />
Several new subscribers have been obtained since last Januarv, but the number is not<br />
sufficient. In order to pay for increased printer's bills we must expand further. Please<br />
bring this journal to the notice of any of your friends and acquaintances interested in<br />
natural history.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
EDITORlAL<br />
17<br />
<strong>The</strong> existence of this, the second enlarged edition, is very largely due to very generous grants that<br />
we have received from the Royal Society, the University of Durham, and the University of Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />
On behalf of the Northern Naturalists' Union we thank these institutions for their timely generosity. <strong>The</strong> Royal<br />
Society has indicated that this is a once for all grant to help· us over the transitional period while we recruit new<br />
members to supply the extra cash. We trust that all members will note the position and act accordingly,<br />
<strong>The</strong> next enlarged edition planned for October 1973, may seem a long way off at present, but authors should begin<br />
thinking about it now, <strong>The</strong>y know full well the time it takes to prepare a paper. We would like to be earlier in our<br />
printting timetable, but it has not been possible this year due to several unforeseen delays. We apologise to all<br />
subscribers.<br />
CAREX AQUATlLlS WAHLENB. IN UPPER TEESDALE<br />
H. G. PROCTOR<br />
<strong>The</strong> Vicarage, Forest-in-Teesdale, Barnard Castle, Co. Durham,<br />
Previous British Records.<br />
Godwin (1956) states, of Carex aquatilis Wahlenberg, that "It belongs to Hulten's northern boreal circumpolar<br />
group which is absent from central Europe, and it is described by Polunin as a very widespread circurnpolar plant<br />
reaching the highest latitudes," Britton (1966), writing of Alaska above 70 N., states that a "Carex aquatilis -<br />
Marsh Type" vegetation is "exceedingly common on the Coastal Plain" near Point Barrow and "is estimated to<br />
cover about 25% of the Foothills" between the Coastal Plain and the Brooks Range, In the British Isles the species<br />
is at the southern limit of its range, and its rarity south of Scotland may be greater than the "Atlas of the British<br />
Flora" (Perring & WaIters, 1962) suggests, Mr. A. C. Jermy allows me to, quote from a letter in which he wrote,<br />
"<strong>The</strong> literature records at the turn of the century for Carex aquatilis in the lower reaches of the Tweed I am sure<br />
referred to C. acuta." It seems that suspicion also attaches to some of the Welsh and Irish records, For England,<br />
the "Atlas" shows, beside the suspect Northumbrian (i.e. Tweed) records, only a pre-1930 record for Cumberland,<br />
near Silloth, about the validity of which I have no Information, and a post-1930 record for Westmorland. It would<br />
seem, therefore, that the C. aquatilis plants - the determination of which was kindly confirmed by Mr. Jerrny - that<br />
grew in Upper Teesdale before they were destroyed during the construction of the Cow Green Reservoir, provided<br />
at best only the third and possibly only the second reliable record for England, In Scotland reliable records, as one<br />
would expect, are more frequent.<br />
Relic or Refugee.<br />
A feature of the Upper Teesdale flora which seems to appeal to the public is a possibility that some of its<br />
constituent species are relics of the Ice Age, and not all of them refugees from the forests which advanced over<br />
most of the country when the climate became more temperate, Carex aquatilis may have as a good a claim ,as any<br />
to ,the apparently more glamorous ,status of "relic," but satisfactory evidence of its continuous presence in the<br />
district since a tundra-type vegetatlon was the prevalent one is not yet to hand, <strong>The</strong>re, is a doubt whether<br />
macroscopic remains found on Cross Fell should be attributed to C. aquatilis or C. bigelowii but, whichever they<br />
were, they were placed, though with uncertainty in pollen zone VI (Godwin, 1956, p. 254, referring to Godwin<br />
& Clapham 1951).<br />
It is permissible, however, to wonder whether the influence of the large lake postulated by Dwerryhouse (1902)<br />
for the Maize Beck area at the height of the glaciation has been sufficiently taken into account in trying to assess<br />
Upper
18<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
Teesdale's floristic history? It is an area whose comparative inaccessibility appears to have discouraged much<br />
quaternary research upon it. <strong>The</strong> lake presumably persisted long after there had been some amelioration of the<br />
most severe conditions, though the times remained "Full Glacial." It does not seem unreasonable to suspect that<br />
the vegetation of its shores was of a tundra-type not very dissimilar from that of AIaska at the present day; writing<br />
of which Britton (1966) names both C. aquatilis and C. bigelowii as species of a drainage gradient and states that<br />
the former drops out where the latter comes in (p. 30). In the Upper Teesdale district C. bigelowii is still locally<br />
frequent where Knock Ridge which separated the Maize Beck lake from the "reservoir of neve," as Dwerryhouse<br />
calls it, to the north, rises to Knock Fell. <strong>The</strong> C. aquatilis was found four miles away from that point, but both<br />
species were present in Upper Teesdale in the 20th century. <strong>The</strong> Cross Fell remains could have been of either or -<br />
though it is unlikely - of both. If they indeed date from zone VI, which was near the climatic optimum, we must<br />
reflect that that was not a period to suggest Arctic species having been recent arrivals. It seems more likely that<br />
they would have entered the district when its climate most suited them. We can, however, only speculate that C.<br />
aquatilis was no Post-Glacial refugee but a Late-Glacial, or even earlier, invader.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Upper Teesdale Site.<br />
As has been indicated above, the Teesdale plants were found in the Cow Green reservoir basin; and so are no<br />
longer there. But if it had not been for the spur to, and assistance given towards research by the reservoir's<br />
protagonists, they would never have been found at all. <strong>The</strong>y were first noticed in 1968 at 35/801306, and an<br />
examination of the site, on which the following description is based, was made on 7.8.1968, with the assistance of<br />
Master Michael McAneney whose memory was at one with mine when, after inundation. we came to examine an<br />
aerial photograph. A camera may not be able to lie, but at a considerable height may be an unreliable guide to<br />
detail. <strong>The</strong>re was a suggestion of more water than actually existed. But on that point see the section, infra, of this<br />
paper headed "Recollections of Mr. X,"<br />
<strong>The</strong> Carex aquatilis was growing in a small pond 35 metres from the edge of the river on the Co.<br />
Durham (VC 66) side, in the midst of a piece of level ground for which the term "swamp" seems most suitable,<br />
since the-water level, even in summer, was slightly above the soil surface. We found, however, that at almost all<br />
points away from the pond the ground was firm enough to walk on without misgivings. <strong>The</strong> soil at the surface was<br />
peat, but that was not thick enough to have levelled out depressions which suggested that the swamp lay on top of<br />
what was once an alluvial island with anastomosing flood-channels, similar to an island which existed in the river<br />
beside it.<br />
<strong>The</strong> swamp, about 3 hectares in extent, formed the eastern end of Dubbysike Loarns and lay at the<br />
foot of a bank, about 3 metres high, which sheltered it on the north and east sides (fig. 1). <strong>The</strong> steepness and<br />
length of the: bank suggested its having been cut by the river, when that was following one of its old courses.<br />
About the middle of the then extant, pre-reservoir, neighbouring island an anastomosis of flood channels had<br />
made a depression conspicuously deeper than any of the channels themselves, which suggested that the pond had<br />
originated In a similar way.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
19
20<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
Down the protecting bank came three streams, too small to be shown on any but large-scale maps. On reaching the<br />
level ground their courses were hard to trace, having become mere soakways, and were hardly more noticeable at<br />
times of year when the weather was wetter. <strong>The</strong> most easterly went more or less directly to the Tees which it<br />
joined at the head of the Boat Pool. <strong>The</strong> other two flowed over exposures of two thin limestones on their way<br />
down the bank. <strong>The</strong> soakway from one turned to join that of the eastern stream. That from the other, the most<br />
westerly, arrived circuitously at the pond and seeped inconspicuously into its south end.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re was an equally inconspicuous outflow from the north-west part of the pond, into a channel which soon<br />
became slightly more conspicuous and was, for a short distance, too deep to be walked through in Wellingtons. It<br />
shallowed again and was almost lost to sight amongst Carex rostrata. It did not, however, peter out but became to<br />
the eye - and boot - another soak way along which the water eventually reached Dubby Sike; but Mr. X's<br />
recollections make it clear that the sike backed up it in spates, giving it a depth in which fish could swim.<br />
Carex rostrata Stokes was the dominant species throughout the swamp, but, amongst the taller sedge, Carex curta<br />
Good. was frequent.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Pond and Its Vegetation.<br />
<strong>The</strong> depth of the pond was taken with a plummet, a camouflaged fishing- line (i.e. one that is a different colour<br />
every few inches) and a fishing-rod . It was 70 cm. in the middle and 25 cm. near the narrower, south end. <strong>The</strong><br />
open water was measured along its long axis, which was 4.75 m., and across its breadth on lines 1.60 m. from the<br />
north end and 1.50 m. from its south. Those measurements of breadth were 3.50 m. and 1.70 m. respectively, but<br />
the term "open water" was allowed to include a strip of Potamogeton polygonifolius leaves which, though at the<br />
surface, were transitional between the submerged and normal floating leaves. <strong>The</strong> strip was round the west edge of<br />
the pond's wider part. <strong>The</strong> completely open water concealed P. polygonifolius with, submerged type of leaves<br />
only.<br />
Round the open water was a fairly clearly defined fringe of what appeared to be floating mat, since it wobbled<br />
when stepped upon, becoming progressively more unsafe towards the water. Also it offered little resistance to<br />
probing with a garden cane, and no resistance once the top few cm. were pierced. Once through the mat, the<br />
probings found depths of non-resistance greater than the depth of water at the pond's centre: viz. at N end of pond,<br />
95 cm: ENE, 70 cm: SSE. 85 cm; S, 77 cm: W, 74 cm; and NW, 78 cm. A greater depth under the mat than in the<br />
open water was not surprising, as two other small ponds in the reservoir basin were also deeper round the edges<br />
than in the middle.<br />
<strong>The</strong> width of the floating mat was measured at each of the principal points of the compass. Its shape and that of<br />
the open water is shown in fig. 2. <strong>The</strong>re was a fairly consistent zoning of the floating-mat vegetation all round the<br />
pond, with Carex aquatilis at the water's edge, Carex rostrata and Glycerla fluitans behind it, and Juncus effusus<br />
at the landward edge of the fringe. <strong>The</strong> last named had also penetrated the Carex - Glyceria belt to the water's<br />
edge at two points, on opposite sides of the pond and about half-way between inflow and outflow. Floating type<br />
leaves of Potamogeton polygonifolius were plentiful among the rush, sedge and grass stems. Other species<br />
sparsely present on or in the, floating mat were (nomenclature according to Dandy, 1958):-<br />
Callitriche sp, (? Stagnalis), Cardamine pratensis, Epilobium palustre, Equisetum fIuviatile, Galiutn palustre, ?<br />
Glyceria declinata, Juncus articulatus, Myosotis secunda, Ranunculus flammula.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re were two conspicuous exceptions to the composition of the floating- mat fringe as just described. One was a<br />
patch of Eleocharis palustris near the in- flow to the pond. <strong>The</strong> other was a patch of Spliagnurn cuspidatum which<br />
appeared to be invading at the pond's opposite end, near the outflow. Neither of those species was to be found<br />
elsewhere in or near the floating mat. Where they occurred and the size of the two patches is shown in fig. 2.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
21
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
22<br />
Recollections of Mr. X.<br />
.My attention was first drawn to the Dubby-sike Loams pond by a local inhabitant who once fished it with<br />
unforgettable success. As he fished without proper authorisation, he is best referred to as Mr. X. Learning that I<br />
was Surveying aquatic macrophytes in the reservoir basin, he made sure that I did not overlook it, which could<br />
easily have been done; for, lost among the C. rostrata. it could not be seen, unless one was close to it. On a later<br />
occasion, 19.12.1971 he added to his recollections of it.<br />
<strong>The</strong> angling occasion of which he had formerly told me was in 1942, or about then. So far as he<br />
remembered, the number of trout he extracted from the pond was 37. That made me comment that, surely, the<br />
pond must have been larger. He was emphatic that it was not and stated, "that pond never changed from one flood<br />
to another." <strong>The</strong>re was, however, this difference in 1942, that the ground was too wet and soft for the pond to be<br />
approached from any side but the west. On that side he walked right up to it and his "rod reached pretty well<br />
across it;" which means that its greatest breadth was much the same as I found it to be 26 years later.<br />
For bait Mr. X used "small red worms" which he picked up from the pond's margins; i.e, "blood<br />
worms," as they are usually called by anglers, viz. Chironomid larvae, of which there were still plenty In the pond<br />
in 1968. According to Clegg (1965), their haemoglobin is of value to them "in conditions where oxygen is scare,<br />
but in waters adequately oxygenated it is apparently not used." Thus, though Chrironomid larvae can live in<br />
habitats with a poor supply of oxygen their presence is no indication, of a poor supply. With over three dozen<br />
trout in so small a body of water, the supply of oxygen in the pond must have been good.<br />
Comment.<br />
Britton's observations in Alaska suggest some comments. He noted (P. 48) that "in sufficiently shallow water ....<br />
Sphagnum finds a suitable subaerial environment and is able to gradually encroach upon and bury the vascular<br />
plants," and that it "most frequently invades the Carex aquatilis community." In the Cow Green reservoir basin,<br />
Sphagnum cuspidatum had not only invaded ponds as deep as the one that has been described, but came to fill<br />
them so completely that they became no longer ponds; e.g. a pond shown by the O.S. 1:25,000 and larger scale<br />
maps at 35/803302 had become terra firma (so far as Sphagnum is ever firm) before its submergence under the<br />
reservoir. <strong>The</strong> Sphagnum at the north end of the pond on Dubbysike Loams could therefore have been the<br />
beginning of a filling-in of that pond too, despite Mr. X's testimony that it had not changed in his time.<br />
Britton, however, goes on to say (ibid.) that "Vascular species buried in peat persist for long<br />
periods of time This is particularly true of Carex aquatilis whose rhizomes may lie beneath 6-8 inches of peat, the<br />
culms erect in the peat mass, and the leaves barely emerging through the peat surface after a full season of<br />
growth." That the C. aquatilis on Dubbysike Loarns was found only at the water-side edge of the floating mat<br />
seems, therefore, to be of interest. <strong>The</strong> pond was destroyed by an excavator in 1968, but most of the marsh was<br />
left untouched. A search was made in hope of finding C. aquatilis shoots among the marsh's C. rostrata but<br />
without success; which suggests that the former species is unable to resist competition from the latter.<br />
It would seem that, prevented by C. rostrata from resorting to its Arctic method of dealing with Sphagnum, C.<br />
aquatilis, the Northern Sedge, would not have continued to grow in Upper Teesdale for much longer, even<br />
without the coming of the reservoir.<br />
Addendum.<br />
Due to the non-arrival of those first dispatched, results of analyses of soil samples did not reach me until this<br />
paper had been written. <strong>The</strong> samples had been obtained in a fashion which needs to be described. Although I had<br />
understood that the C. aquatilis plants would be undisturbed until July J969, I found
23<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
late in the afternoon of 28.11.1968 that the pond had been destroyed. Nothing remained but a heap of mud, with a<br />
line of sedges on top of it long enough to represent the whole rim of the pond. Four days later I took soil samples<br />
as follows- 1) Mud with little vegetation, which could have been from the pond's bottom 2) From what as far as I<br />
could see, was c. 15 cm. down from where sedge leaves and culms had entered the substrate, at the west end of the<br />
line of them on top of the mud. 3) From a similar position, viz. c. 15 cm. down but less certainly so at the east end<br />
of the line. 4) From a similar position on the other side of the sedge line to 3). <strong>The</strong> four samples were handed to<br />
Dr. M. Hornung, of the Nature Conservancy's Bangor Research Station, who reports on them as follows:-<br />
Acknowledgements.<br />
My thanks are due to Mr. T. G. Buffey for prompting me to look at aquatic macrophytes in the Cow Green<br />
Reservoir Basin, to <strong>The</strong> Nature Conservancy for seconding him and giving me continuous encouragement and<br />
help, and to <strong>The</strong> Teesdale Trust of I.C.I. for a grant towards expenses. To Messrs. Bernard and Michael<br />
McAneney also I am grateful for assistance in the field, to Dr. M. Hornung for undertaking the analyses .of the<br />
rather messy soil samples, and to Mr. C. Jerrny for confirmation of the determination and for permission to quote<br />
References<br />
Britton M E "Vegetatlon of the Arctic Tundra”. Oregon State Univ. Press. 1966<br />
Clegg, J. “<strong>The</strong> Freshwater. Life of the British ,Isles." Warne. 3rd. ed. 1965.<br />
Dandy,J. E. “List of British Vascular Plants.” London. 1958.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
24<br />
Dwerryhouse, A. R. "<strong>The</strong> Glaciation of Teesdale, Weardale, and the Tyne Valley and their Tributary Valleys."<br />
Quart; Journ, Geol, Soc. 58(1902), 572-608.<br />
Godwin, H. "<strong>The</strong> History of the British Flora." Cambridge Univ Press. 1956.<br />
Godwin, H. & Clapham, A. R. "Peat deposits on Cross Fell, Cumberland." New Phytol., 50: 2, 167.<br />
Jerrny, A. C. Personal letter dated 22.8.<strong>1972</strong>.<br />
Perring, F. H. & Waiters, S. M. "Atlas of the British Flora." Nelson. 1962.<br />
THE LEPIDOPTERA OF CHESTER-LE-STREET, CO. DURHAM.<br />
2. MICROLEPIDOPTERA<br />
T.C. DUNN<br />
<strong>The</strong> Poplars, Chester-le-Street, Co. Durham.<br />
Here is the second and concluding part of this local list. <strong>The</strong>re is not the slightest doubt that this<br />
will be even less complete than the previous part, as some species of the Microlepidoptera can be present in only a<br />
few square feet of a habitat and therefore very easily missed. In addition, it will be noticed that there are no entries<br />
for the Nepticuloidea, a group with leaf-mining larvae. This is because they have not yet been investigated. <strong>The</strong>re<br />
will be several species in this group to add at some later date. <strong>The</strong> same is probably true for many other common<br />
but retiring species.<br />
<strong>The</strong> same boundaries have been used as in the first part and, for the sake of uniformity, I. R. P.<br />
Heslop's list has again been used for the names and classification of the moths, although much revision of<br />
nomenclature in the Micros has recently taken place.<br />
First, I make a single addition to the list of Macrolepidoptera published in the October Vasculurn of 1971.<br />
1. MACROLEPIDOPTERA<br />
Scoliopteryx libatrix L. (Herald). A single individual was brought to me in November 1971 after being caught in a<br />
garage on a new housing estate near the Hermitage Woods.<br />
2. MICROLEPIDOPTERA<br />
Super-family PYRALOIDEA (Pyralids and Plumes).<br />
Acentropus niveus Ol. (False-caddis Water-veneer). Infrequent at light in the garden and rarely<br />
seen along the River Banks.<br />
Eudorea murana Curt. (Wall Grey). Occasionally at light in the garden.<br />
Scoparia cembraa Haw. (Large Grey). Occasionally at light.<br />
Scoparia dubitalis Hubn. (Hoary Grey). Common in waste places wherever ragwort grows.<br />
Scoparia ambigualis Treits. (Brown Grey). Common at light and in all parts of the town.<br />
Scoparia ulmella Knaggs (Elm Grey). A few taken on elm in the Hermitage Woods last year.<br />
Nymphula nympheata L. (Brown China-mark.) Common at light in the garden, which is only 250<br />
yards from the River Wear where they breed.<br />
Eurrhypara hortulata L. (urticata L.) (Magpie China-mark). Common all round the town, in<br />
hedgerows and gardens wherever stinging nettle grows.<br />
Nomophila noctuella Schiff. (Rush Veneer Pearl). Seen most years, but its abundance varies due to<br />
the fact that it is an immigrant.<br />
Udea lutealis Hubn. (Pale Straw Pearl). Very common in hedgerows and waste places almost<br />
everywhere.
25<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
Udea ferrugalis Hubn. (Rusty-dot Pearl). Another immigrant which varies a lot in numbers from one year to<br />
another. Taken at light In the garden.<br />
Udea nivealis F (Dusky Brindled Pearl.) Common at light.<br />
Udea olivalis Schiff. (Olive Brindled Pearl). Common in the Hermitage Woods and Lumley Castle Woods.<br />
Haritala ruralis Scop, (Mother of pearl), Common wherever nettles grow.<br />
Perinephila coronata Hufn. (Garden Elder Pearl). Common wherever elder is found. At light in the garden, in<br />
allotment gardens and along hedgerows.<br />
Mesographe forficalis L (Garden Pebble). One of the most common moths in the garden the larva feeding on<br />
Brassicas.<br />
Laodamia fusca Haw. (Brown Knot-horn). Common at light in some years and rare in others. Always the deep<br />
black melanic form.<br />
Dioryctria abietella Schiff. (Pine Knot-horn). Only once at light in 1955.<br />
Homeosoma saxicola Vaugh. (Narrow Clouded Knot-horn). Common in the garden:<br />
aCrambus pascuellus L. (Inlaid Grass-veneer). Once only in 1961.<br />
Crambus pratellus L. (Dark-inlaid Grass-veneer). Very common in grassy places on the River Banks.<br />
Crambus horteullus Hubn. (Garden Grass-veneer). Very common.<br />
Agriphila culmellus L. (Straw-coloured Grass-veneer). Abundant everywhere.<br />
Agriphila inquinatellus Schiff. (Barred Grass-veneer). Fairly common at light,<br />
Agriphila tristellus Schiff. (Common Grass-veneer). Very common on most grassy land.<br />
Stenoptilia pterodactyla L. (Brown Wood Plume). Moderately common at light.<br />
Platiptilia gonodactyla Schiff. (Triangle-marked Plume). Common at light and also in all the pastures.<br />
Platyptilia isodactyla Zell. (Hoary Plume). Occasionally at light.<br />
Platyptilia ochrodactyla Schiff. (Ochreous Plume). Although recorded as present at Chester-le-Streef by J. W. H.<br />
Harrison, I had not seen it there myself until this year when several individuals were seen in August on tansy<br />
flowers growing on the river banks.<br />
Platyptilia pallldactyla Haw. (Pale Plume). Commoner than the last species with which it is easily confused. It<br />
flies earlier in the year in June and July, seldom, If ever, in August.<br />
Pterophorus pentadactylus L. (Large White Plume). <strong>The</strong> larva is supposed to be confined to Convolvulus sepium<br />
but it swarms on Artemisia vulgaris (Mugwort), which grows freely on the Council Tip at the south end of<br />
Chester-le- Street. .<strong>The</strong> moths appear frequently at light in the garden.<br />
Oidaematophorus lithodactylus Treits. (Dusky Plume). Occasionally at light.<br />
Super-family TORTRICOIDEA (Tortrix moths).<br />
Pandemis heparana Schiff. (Dark Oblique-barred Twist). Abundant at light.<br />
Pandemis cerasana Hubn. (Currant Twist). Extremely common at light. Melanic forms appear from time to time<br />
but are not common.<br />
Archips oporana L. (Great Brown Twist). Abundant at light.<br />
Archips xylosteana L. (Forked Red-barred Twist). Fairly common in the garden and on the river banks<br />
Archips rosana L. (Rose Twist). Common, freely bred from hawthorn.<br />
Amelia paleana Hubn. (Plain Yellow Twist). Common on the river banks.<br />
Clepsis consimilana Hubn. (Saffron Twist). Common on the privet hedges in garden and elsewhere.<br />
Clepsis costana F. Bred from Epilobium hirsutum . <strong>The</strong> spun leaves are collected In early June from the edge of<br />
the river.<br />
Lozotaenia forsterana F. (Forster's Twist). Fairly common at light.<br />
Batodes angustiorana Haw. (Narrow Red-barred Twist). Common.<br />
Pseudargyrotoza conwagana Fabr, (Conway's Shade). Very common at light in the garden.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
26<br />
lsotrias trifasciana Don. (Barred Elm Shade). Quite common in the garden.<br />
Eulia ministrana L. (Yellow-barred Shade). Very common on birch in the woods round the town.<br />
Cnephasia chrysantheana Dup. (Greater Grey Shade). Very common everywhere in the town.<br />
Cnephasia interjectana Haw. (Lesser Grey Shade). Very common in gardens. Bred from lettuce, which can be<br />
ruined by a single larva.<br />
Cnephasiella incertana Treits. (Allied Shade). Common in the garden and all the surrounding district. Bred from<br />
stinging nettle and field thistle.<br />
Aleimma loeflingiana L. (Loeflling's Curl). Quite common.<br />
Tortrix viridana L. (Pea-green Oak Curl). Very common wherever there are oaks and these abound in all the<br />
woods on the outskirts of the town.<br />
Croesia forskaleana L. (Forskal's Button). Common at light in the garden.<br />
Croesia bergmanniana L. (Bergmann's Button). Common at light in the garden.<br />
Acleris comariana Zell. (Strawberry Button). Not common.<br />
Acleris aspersana Hubn. (Subtriple-spot Button). Common at light and bred from Sallguisorba officinalis.<br />
Acleris variegana Schiff. (Common Rough-winged Button). Abundant everywhere in September and in great<br />
variety. Bred from Hawthorn, Blackthorn and Rose.<br />
Acleris sparsana Schiff. (Ashy Buton). Not common.<br />
Acleris ferrugana Schiff. (Rusty Button). Common where birch grows.<br />
Acleris rhombana Schiff. (Chequered Pebble Button). Not common. Bred from hawthorn.<br />
Dicrorampha petiverella L. (Petiver's Drill). Not common.<br />
Dicrorampha plurnbagana Treits. (Leaden-fringed Drill). Not common.<br />
Laspeyresia succedana Schiff. (Light Striped-edge Piercer). To be found in abundance round all gorse bushes,<br />
river banks and other waste places.<br />
Laspeyresia aurana Fab. (Double Orange-spot Piercer). Frequently taken at the flowers of Rosebay Willow-herb<br />
on the river banks, but not seen elsewhere.<br />
Laspeyresia pomonella L. (<strong>The</strong> Codling Moth). Common in the light trap and bred from infected apples from<br />
the garden.<br />
Grapholita jungiella L. (Beautiful Crescent Piercer). Common.<br />
Pammene regiana Zell. (Traun's Regal Piercer). This beautiful little species is fairly common at light in the<br />
garden.<br />
Pammene fasciana L. (July Acorn Piercer). Rare in the town.<br />
Lathronympha strigana F. (Yellow Striped-edged Piercer). Abundant in spun shoots of Hypericum perforarum,<br />
collected on the river banks and easily bred.<br />
Rhyacionia pinivorana Zell. (Spotted Shoot). Common. Bred from infected pine shoots.<br />
Spilonota ocellana Schiff. (Cream-cloak Apple Shoot). Uncommon.<br />
Thiodia citrana Hb. (Lemon Bell). Not common.<br />
Eucosma hohenwartiana Schiff. (Scopoli's Bell). Fairly common.<br />
Eucosma fulvana St. (Fulvous Sealed Bell). Quite common.<br />
Eucosma cana Haw. (Hoary Sealed Bell). Abundant.<br />
Eucosma expallidana Haw. (Pale Drab Bell). Common at light in the garden.<br />
Eucosma campoliliana Schiff. (Beautiful Marbled Bell). Verv common.<br />
Epiblema scutulana Schiff. (Larger Blotch-marked Bell). Common.<br />
Epiblema cirsiana Zell. (Smaller Blotch-marked Bell). Very much commoner than the last and found wherever<br />
knapweeds grow on the river banks.<br />
Epiblema farfarae Fletch. (Tawny-blotched Bell). Fairly common in waste places.<br />
Epiblema turbidana Treits. (Hippo Bell). Along the river and its tributaries where Butterbur grows.<br />
Pardia cynosbatella L. (Three-dotted Rose Bell). Common everywhere.<br />
Notocelia suffusana Dup. (Triple-blotched Bell). Common.<br />
Notocelia rosaecolana Doub!. (Lesser Brown-cloaked Bell). Uncommon.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
27<br />
Notocelia aquana Hubn. (Greater Brown-cloaked Bell). Bred from spun up shoot ends of wild rose.<br />
Gypsonoma sociana Haw. (White-cloaked Bell). Not common.<br />
Gypsonoma dealbana Fro!. (Neglected Cloaked Bell). Much more common than the last. Bred from Salix.<br />
Rhopobota naevana Hubn. (Marbled Single-dot Bell). Very common.<br />
Epinotia stroemiana F. (Stroern's Bell). Easily bred and beaten from birch.<br />
Epinotia solandriana L. (Solanders Bel!). Very common on birch.<br />
Epinotia trimaculana Don. (Mitterbachs Bell). Not common on oak<br />
Epinotia bilunana Haw. (Hoary Double-crescent Bell). Very common.<br />
Epinotia tetraquetrana Haw. (Square-barred Bell). Quite common.<br />
Epinotia paykulliana F. (Grey Double-crescent. Bell). Fairly common.<br />
Epinotia rubiginosana H.-S. (Scots-fir Bell). Fairly common at light in the garden.<br />
Ancylis badiana Schiff .. (Lund's Roller). Very common.<br />
Ancylis myrtillana Treits. (Lyell’s Roller). Fairly common.<br />
Bactra lanceolana Hubn. (Dusty Marble). Common around patches of Juncus.<br />
Lobesia littoralis Curt. (Shore Doubtful Marble). Very common at light in the garden.<br />
Endothenia ericetana Westw. (Heath Marble). Not common.<br />
Endothenia antiquana Hubn. (Blotched Marble). Common at light in the garden.<br />
Apotomis turbidana Hubn. (Greater Cloaked Marble). Very common.<br />
Apotomis betuletana Haw. (Birch Marble). Commonly bred from birch.<br />
Hedya nubiferana Haw. (variegana Hubn). (Cloudy White Marble). Common at light in the garden.<br />
Hedya atropunctana Zett. (dimidiana Sodof.) (Dotted Cloaked Marble). Only an occasional specimen in the<br />
garden.<br />
Hedya salicella L. (White-backed Marble). Common round Salix on the river banks. According to Meyrick, at its<br />
northern limit with us.<br />
Olethreutes lacunana Schiff. (Indefinite Marble). Very common everywhere on all sorts of foodplants. I have<br />
bred it from larvae collected on a large number of low growing plants and from bramble, sallow etc.<br />
Acornuta nana Haw. (Barred Dwarf Conch). Frequent.<br />
Eupoecilia angustana Hubn. (Barred Marbled Conch). Common.<br />
Lozopera francillana F. (Francillon's Carrot Conch). Uncommon at light.<br />
Aethes srneathmanniana F. (Smeathman's Conch). One specimen only, at light, July 1961.<br />
Phalonia cnicana Westw. (Barred Thistle Conch). Fairly common<br />
Phalonia rubigana Treits. (Chestnut Conch). Common at light.<br />
Agapeta hamana L. (Hook-marked Conch). Common.<br />
Agapeta zoegana L. (Zoega's Conch). Common.<br />
Cochylichroa atricapitana Steph. (Black-headed Conch). Not common.<br />
Cochylis dubitana Hubn. (Doubtful Dwarf Conch). Common.<br />
Stenodes straminea Haw. (Straw Short-barred ·Conch). Common at light.<br />
Super-family TINEOIDEA (Tineid moths).<br />
Metzneria metzneriella Staint. (Metzner's Tipped Neb). Common.<br />
Epithectis mouffetella Schiff. (Dotted Grey Groundling). Not common.<br />
Telphusa notella Hubn. (Sallow-leaf Groundling). Not common.<br />
Telphusa proximella Hubn. (Black-speckled Grey Groundling). Abundant.<br />
Telphusa fugitivella Zell. (Suffused Groundling). Very common.<br />
Telphusa luculella Hubn. (Cream-shouldered Groundling). Rare.<br />
Bryotropha terrella Schiff. (Cinerous Clay Groundling). Fairly common.<br />
Teleiopsis diffinis Haw. (Great Brindled-brown Groundling). In small nurnbers.<br />
Mirificarma mulinella Zell. (Brown-streak Groundling). Bred easily and in large nurnbers from gorse and broom.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
28<br />
Neofaculta betulea Haw. (Heather Groundling). In clouds on heather in May.<br />
Gelechia rhombella Schiff. (Grey Black-specked Groundling), Only occasionally.<br />
Chelaria conscriptella Hubn. (Lobster Claw). Occasionallly at light in the garden.<br />
Blastodacna hellerella Dup. (Hawthorn Cosrnet). Abundant in the garden and on the river banks near hawthorn<br />
bushes.<br />
Mompha raschkiella Zell. (Raschke's Cosmet). Once only in 1958.<br />
Mompha conturbatella Hubn. (Confused Cosmet). Abundant. Bred by collecting spun-up central rosettes of<br />
rosebay willow-herb in May.<br />
Batrachedra praeangusta Haw. (Poplar Cosmet). Only occasional, although it probably lives on my own poplars.<br />
Dasycera sulphurella P. (Sulphur-underwinged Tubic). This beautiful little moth is abundant, breeding<br />
in·decaying wood.<br />
Endrosis sarcitrella L. (lactella Schiff.) (White-shouldered Tubic). Abundant. One of the clothes moths.<br />
Borkhausenia pseudospretella Staint. (Large Common Tubic). <strong>The</strong> most common and the most destructive of<br />
clothes moths.<br />
Diurnea fagella P. (March Day). Very common. Mostly melanic forms.<br />
Diurnea phryganella H ubn. (November Day). Not so common as the preceding species.<br />
Exaeretia allisella Staint. (Mugwort Flat-body). Common.<br />
Depressaria nervosa Haw. (apiella Hubn.) (Coarse Wainscot Flat-body). Common at light in the garden early in<br />
the year and bred from stems of Oenanthe crocata collected on the river banks in the autumn.<br />
Depressaria heracleana Deg. (Cow-parsnip Flat-body). Abundant at light in March, April and May each year.<br />
Depressaria costosa Haw. (Dingy Straw Flat-body). Abundant as larvae on gorse. Bred in August.<br />
Depressaria umbellana Steph. (Large Streaked Flat-body). Captured flying over gorse early in the year. (February<br />
- April.)<br />
Agonopterix assimilella Treits. (Dusted Flat-body). Very abundant on broom everywhere in the area. Larvae<br />
obtained from spun stems early in the year, imagines emerging in June and July.<br />
Agonopterix flavella Hubn. (liturella Schiff.) (Straw-coloured Flat-body). Common. Bred from Heracleum leaves<br />
as well as captured on the wing.<br />
Agonopterix atomella Schiff. (Powdered Straw Flat-body). Bred from gorse flowers and pods. Not so common as<br />
the other gorse species.<br />
Agonopterix arenella Schiff. (Brindled Straw Flat-body). Common.<br />
Agonopterix angelicella Hubn. (Angelica Flat-body). Common. Easily bred from spun leaves of Heracleum.<br />
Agonopterix ciliella Staint. (Large Carrot Flat-body). Common at light in March. Also bred from Heracleum<br />
leaves, emerging in late August and September.<br />
Agonopterix hypericella Hubn. (Greater Purple Flat-body). Very common on Hypericum as larvae in May and<br />
June, emerging as imagines in July.<br />
Agonopterix conterminella Zell. (Sallow-shoot Flat-body.) Common as larvae on Solix early in the year, emerging<br />
in June.<br />
Anthophila (Simaethis) fabriciana L. (Fabricius's Nettle-tap), In swarms wherever there are stinging nettles, river<br />
banks, allotment gardens, etc. Easily collected as larvae in May on spun leaves.<br />
Glyphiterix cramerella F. (fischeriella Zell.) (Allied Fanner). Often in myriads flying over rough grasses.<br />
Glyphiterix equitella Scop. (Groundlet Fanner). One only in July 1961.<br />
Elachista albifrontella Hubn. (Silver-spotted Dwarf). One only in June 1960.<br />
Elachista atricomella Staint. (Black-headed Dwarf). Abundant at light in the garden.<br />
Elachista kilrnunelia Staint. (Moor Dwarf). Fairly common at light in the garden.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
29<br />
Elachista perplexella Staint. (Obscure Hair-grass Dwarf). Common at light in the garden.<br />
Elachista rufocinerea Haw. (Red-brindled Dwarf). Abundant at light.<br />
Elachista argentella Clerk. (Swan-feather Dwarf). Abundant in June, flying in grassy places, river banks,<br />
hedgerows, etc.<br />
Elachista bedellella Sirc. (Down Dwarf). One only in June 1960 at light in the garden.<br />
Elachista taeniatella Staint. (Banded False-brome Dwarf). One only at light in July 1959.<br />
Elachista cerusella Hubn. (Triple-spotted Dwarf) Common flying over grasses in May and June. River banks.<br />
Elachista triatomea Haw. (Treble-atomed Dwarf). One only on the river banks in June 1956.<br />
Cedestis farinatella Dup. (Floury Scots-fir Argent). Common at light and bred from pine needles collected in the<br />
town.<br />
Cedestis gysseleniella Zell. (Sprinkled Scots-fir Argent). One only, at light in the garden, August .1959.<br />
Blastotere laevigatella H.-S. (Larch-boring Argent). Abundant at light In June and July.<br />
Argyresthia brocheella Hubn, (Golden Riband Argent). Abundant at light.<br />
Argyresthia goedartella L. (Greek-lettered Argent). Commonly bred from alder collected on the river banks.<br />
Argyresthia pygmaeella Hubn. (Gold-barred Argent). Abundant. Bred from Salix collected on the river banks.<br />
Argyresthia cornella Fab. (Brindled Argent). One only, at light in July 1956.<br />
Argyresthia retinella Zell. (Netted Argent). Bred from birch. Abundant.<br />
Argyresthia semifusca Haw. (Bronze White-back Argent). Not very common at light.<br />
Argyresthia ephippella F. (Blotched Argent). Fairly common at light.<br />
Argyresthia nitidella Fb. (Cream-coloured Argent). Fairly common at light.<br />
Pseudoswammerdamia combinella Hubn. (Peacock-feather Ermel). One only at light in June 1960.<br />
Swammerdamia heroldella Hubn. (Birch Ermel). Occasional at light.<br />
Poraswammerdamia lutarea Haw. (Muddy Ermel). One only at light on 1st August 1955.<br />
Poraswammerdamia pyrella ViII. (Purple-edged Ermel). One only at light, 7-7-56.<br />
Prays curtisellus L. (Curtis's Ash-bud Ermel). Quite common at light and bred from ash.<br />
Yponomeuta padella L. (Common Hawthorn Ermel). Sometimes swarming at light and easily collected from<br />
hawthorn in "good" years. <strong>The</strong> abundance of this moth is puzzling. Numbers vary tremendously from one year to<br />
the next, sometimes being completely absent and then in quite large numbers the following season.<br />
Yponomeuta cognatella Hubn. (Allied Ermel). Uncommon.<br />
Yponomeuta evonymella L. (Full-spotted Errnel). Very common every year on Bird Cherry.<br />
Coleophora fuscedinella Zell. (Raven-feather Case). Cases on birch, Target Woods, Hermitage Woods, etc.<br />
Abundant.<br />
Coleophora lutarea Haw. (Pale-shining Clay Case). One only at light 26-5-59.<br />
Coleophora albicosta Haw. (White-edged Furze Case). Common at light.<br />
Coleophora flavaginella Zell. (Annulated Case). In great abundance.<br />
Coleophora alticolella Zell. (Field Rush Case). Common.<br />
Lithocolletis faginella Zell. (Common Beech Midget). Very common and easily collected on beech trunks in May,<br />
Lumley Woods.<br />
Parornix scotinella Staint. (Rowan Slender). One only 10-7-58.<br />
Caloptilia syringella F. (Confluent-barred Slender). Common at light and easily bred from lilac leaves.<br />
Caloptilia alchimiella Scop. (Sweder's Slender). Common.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
30<br />
Ypsolophus xylostellus L. (Tooth-streaked Hooked Smudge). Common in the garden.<br />
Ypsolophus parenthesellus L. (White-shouldered Smudge). Occasional.<br />
Ypsolophus radiatellus Don. (Broad-streaked Smudge). Occasional.<br />
Ypsolophus vitellus L. (Black-backed Smudge). Common at light.<br />
Anadetia porrectella L. (Grey-streaked Smudge). Common.<br />
Plutella maculipennis Curt. (Diamond-backed Moth). Common in gardens most years. Immigration sometimes<br />
results in this moth swarming on Brassicas in the town.<br />
Leucoptern laburnella Staint. (Common Gold-dot Bentwing). Common on laburnums in gardens.<br />
Tischeria marginea Haw. (Bordered Carl). One only at light 15-6-59. Larvae seen more often in blotch mines on<br />
bramble but not easily bred.<br />
Monopis rusticella Hubn. (Dark-brindled Clothes). Common at light.<br />
Monopis imella Hubn. (Felt Clothes). Abundant in the garden.<br />
Tineola bisselliella Hum. (Destroyer Clothes Moth). Too common. Many bred from an old wasp's net in 1952.<br />
Nemapogon cloacella Haw. (Dark-mottled Clothes). Common in the garden.<br />
Tinea pallescentella Staint. (Large Pale Clothes). One only at light 23-6-56.<br />
Tinea trinotella Thunb. (Triple-spotted Clothes). Abundant in the garden.<br />
Lampronia rubiella Bjerk. (Raspberry Bright). Common on the raspberries in my allotment garden.<br />
Adela viridella Scop. (Green Long-horn). Common round birches in May and June.<br />
Nernophora swammerdammella L. (Swammerdamm's Long-horn). Common in Hermitage Woods and Lumley<br />
Woods.<br />
Nemophora panzeriella F. (Panzer's Long-horn). Commoner than the last in similar places.<br />
Eriocrania semipurpurella Steph, (Gold-sprinkled Purple). Sometimes swarming round birches in April.<br />
This concludes the list for the time being but there is little doubt that it will be added to from time<br />
to time. I have listed 233 Macrolepidoptera from a total for the British Isles of 969, according to Heslop's "Revised<br />
Indexed Check-list of the British Lepidoptera" and 210 Microlepidoptera out of Heslop's 1,435. Since the list was<br />
printed, about another forty to fifty moths, mostly Micros, have been discovered in this country. None of these<br />
have as yet appeared in Chester-le- Street.<br />
REFERENCE<br />
Heslop T. R. P. (1964). "Revised indexed check-list of the British Lepidoptera."<br />
ALGAE OF SLAPESTONE SIKE,UPPER TEESDALE<br />
M. K. HUGHES* and B. A. WHlTTON<br />
Department of Botany, University of Durham, Durham City<br />
* Present address: Department of Biology, Liverpool Polytechnic, Byrorn Street, Liverpool.<br />
<strong>The</strong> flowering plants of Upper Teesdale have long been famous (see Pigott, 1956; Bradshaw & Clark, 1965), but<br />
the few casual glances given to the algae in the past were not detailed enough for any comments to be made on the<br />
rarity or general interest of these organisms. However a tour of Teesdale and Weardale in summer 1969 indicated<br />
that the algal vegetation of streams in areas of Upper Teesdale with many flowering plant rarities might also<br />
present many differences from the algal vegetation of other streams in the N.E. region. Since then a research
31<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
project has been undertaken on the algae of streams in Upper Teesdale. <strong>The</strong> results of this project will be<br />
published in more detail elsewhere, but we felt that a brief account here might be of some interest to local<br />
naturalists. We felt too that it may prove an useful introduction to the following paper by Mr. J.R. Carter on<br />
diatoms. Our note deals only with one stream on Widdybank Fell, Slapestone Sike, but many of the features<br />
described for this stream are common to the majority of streams associated with the metamorphosed limestone<br />
(see Johnson et al. 1971) in Upper Teesdale.<br />
Slapestone Sike was one of the largest streams draining the metamorphosed limestone area,<br />
running through one of the areas richest in interesting species of flowering plants. Although the lower reaches of<br />
the stream are now drowned in the Cow Green Reservoir, about half the length of stream of special interest still<br />
remains. In the upper reaches the stream flows over small boulders, but in the steeper reaches of the stream below<br />
the present road (Birkdale Track) the water flows directly over the limestone. <strong>The</strong> part of the stream drowned by<br />
the reservoir consisted of the lower part of the steep limestone slope, including several vertical waterfalls, a short<br />
reach with boulders not unlike the present uppermost reach, and finally a long narrow meandering reach running<br />
through the peat and with a substrate of black peaty silt.<br />
Slapestone Sike showed very marked variations in flow during the period under study, with large<br />
areas of the stream left dry under low flow conditions. However it seems improbable that the stream ever dries out<br />
completely in winter.<br />
A number of small tributaries entered Slapestone Sike, and five of these now remain above<br />
reservoir high water mark. <strong>The</strong>se varied markedly in their general characteristics, and only three (B, C, D in Table<br />
I) are mentioned here. <strong>The</strong>se three originate from springs which show signs of having been opened out during the<br />
period when mining for lead and barytes was in progress. B is a ditch which drains into the left-hand side of the<br />
stream above the road; C is a narrow channel entering on the right-hand side just below the road; D is a spring on<br />
the left-hand side just above the present reservoir high-water mark. Band D always maintained a vigorous flow<br />
even after long periods of low rainfall, but C nearly dried out on several occasions.<br />
WATER CHEMISTRY<br />
Some details of the chemistry of Slapestone Sike water (analysed by methods given in Holrnes et al., <strong>1972</strong>) are<br />
summarised in Table I. Although the values for only a single day are shown, they are nevertheless typical of those<br />
obtained during periods of low flow. As compared with other (about 40) upland streams and rivers under study in<br />
North-East England, the most striking features of Slapestone Sike and the other streams associated with the<br />
metamorphosed limestone are the very low levels of Mg and K. For both elements the values for Slapestone Sike<br />
are lower than for any other stream away from Upper Teesdale under similar conditions of low flow. <strong>The</strong>re are<br />
also some indications that the levels of combined inorganic N in Slapestone Sike are relatively low (unpublished<br />
data).
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
Table I. Some features of the water chemistry of Slapestone Sike (A) and three of its tributaries<br />
(B, C, D; see text) Cow Green reservoir (E) is included for cornparison. Samples were collected on 10th<br />
September, <strong>1972</strong> under condition of moderately low stream flow. All concentrations are in rng/l.<br />
32<br />
At least some of the tributaries show obvious chemical differences from the main stream. B, C, D have all at times<br />
shown moderately .high, (> 0.2 mg/l) levels of Zn, although this is not apparent for C in Table I. Values for the<br />
main stream have always been well below this level. Tributary B has always shown higher levels of Mn and Fe<br />
than the main stream or other tributaries, and surfaces in it always have a brownish deposit which certainly<br />
includes iron oxide. <strong>The</strong> levels of Pb in tributaries C and D, and also some other sites around' Widdybank Fell, are<br />
higher than those found in any of the streams from other areas. <strong>The</strong>se levels of Pb are nevertheless probably well<br />
below those which may be expected to be toxic to algae or mosses (see Whitton, 1970). On the other hand the<br />
possibility can not be ruled out that the flora of the tributaries, but probably not the main stream, may be<br />
somewhat limited by the levels of Zn flowing at times.<br />
ALGAE<br />
During the period under observation (summer 1969 to summer <strong>1972</strong>), the greater part of the algal<br />
vegetation of the main stream belonged to one of three groups: blue-green algae, filarnentous Conjugales,<br />
diatoms.<br />
<strong>The</strong> most conspicuous, though probably never the most abundant, alga was the blue-green alga<br />
Rivularia, which formed hemi-spherical brownish colonies occasionally reaching 30 mm in diameter. Small dark<br />
brown colonies of this alga were sometimes very abundant during periods of moderately low flow over lime-<br />
stone sheets which had been quite dry several weeks earlier, but the largest colonies were nearly always associated<br />
with those parts of the stream never subject to desiccation. This alga occurred in all reaches of the main stream,<br />
and on either limestone or igneous rocks. Very rarely, small colonies also developed on old submerged stems of<br />
mosses.<br />
<strong>The</strong> features of the Rivularia. in this stream (and elsewhere in Upper Teesdale) lie somewhere<br />
between those given in Geitler's (1932) flora to R. biasolettiana Menegh. and to those given to R. haematites (D.<br />
C.) Ag, Unlike typical R. haemotites the colonies are usually only moderately calcified, and even large ones<br />
show only a weak tendency to form alternating bands of heavily and lightly calcified material. On the other hand<br />
many of the colonies exceed the maximum dimensions given for R. biasolettiana.<br />
Other blue-green algae which were often conspicuous were a narrow filamentous form perhaps best<br />
referred to Schizothrix lardacea (Ces.) Gom. and Gloeocapsa sanguinea (Ag.) Kutz. <strong>The</strong> Schizothrix lardacea<br />
often covered the bulk of the limestone surface away from the main current, and was especially abundant after<br />
long periods of moderately low flow. Due to the brown colouration of the
33<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
sheath material surrounding the trichomes of this alga, Slapestone Sike as a whole appeared a reddish brown<br />
colour.<br />
In late summer the nearly pure stand of this alga in some drier parts of the stream occasionally<br />
appeared almost scarlet in mass rather than brown. It seems probable that the abundance of this alga in Red Sike,<br />
one of the neighbouring streams to Slapestone Sike is largely responsible for the name of this stream, with the<br />
brown Rivularia colonies and possibly, also some other features playing a minor role.<br />
Dark blackish areas frequent on the drier parts of the limestone were due either to Gloeocapsa<br />
sangea or to a lichen Verrucaria sp. Although it was not always apparent the following change in the vegetation<br />
often occurred on passing from parts of the stream dominated by Schizothrix lardacea to much drier ones only<br />
occasionally moistened by flowing water; first Gloeocapsa sanguinea and Schizothrix Iardacea mixed together;<br />
then Gloeocapsa sanguinea overlying Verrucaria sp., and finally only Verrucaria sp. In summer <strong>1972</strong> when the<br />
reservoir water level was low, the Gloeocapsa was especially abundant on bare limestone below reservoir high<br />
water mark, but away from the zone of active erosion.<br />
Many other species of blue-green algae were recorded from Slapestone Sike, these often being forms equally well<br />
represented in cornmunities adjacent to the stream, such as among the hummocks of the .moss Gymnostomum<br />
recurvirostrum Hedw. Rather strangely, one species associated with the main stream, Tolypothrix penicillata<br />
Thur., was frequent In summer 1969, but apparently quite absent from 1970-<strong>1972</strong>, in spite of at times being locally<br />
frequent during the same period in the two adjacent streams, Nameless Sike and Red Sike<br />
<strong>The</strong> Conjugales consisted of representatives of the filamentous genera Mougeotia, Zygnema and<br />
Spirogyra, together with occasional desmids (but never Oocardium stratum Nag.). As none of the filamentous<br />
forms was ever seen to produce spores either in the field or after return to the laboratory, it was difficult to<br />
allocate specific names to them. However there were apparently three common species of Mougeotia (c. 6 µm<br />
wide, c. 10 µm wide, c. 22-26 µm wide), one of Zygnema, and one of Spirogyra. <strong>The</strong>se filamentous forms often<br />
grew together, and it was not easy to associate anyone species especially with a particular microhabitat. Often they<br />
formed their most abundant growths along the surface of the cracks in the metamorphosed limestone, and such<br />
growths appeared to act as inocula for subsequent spread across the limestone faces during the longer periods of<br />
continuous moderately low flow.<br />
As indicated in Carter's paper (following this), Cymbella was especially well represented in the stream, and<br />
macroscopically visible diatom growths were nearly always due to species belonging to this genus. It was<br />
noteworthy during spring and summer 1971 that colonisation of a limestone surface freshly exposed during the<br />
previous winter was almost entirely by Cymbella spp., and not by the blue-green algae.<br />
Two other species of algae in the main stream will be mentioned briefly. Hormidium subtile (Kutz.)<br />
Heering was the only other filamentous green alga at all abundant. Chara vulgaris L. was locally abundant in the<br />
silted lower reach of the stream, now drowned, while a very few plants occurred over silt in the upper reaches of<br />
the stream during, each of the three summers under study.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
34<br />
Table II. Some characteristic organisms of Slapestone Sike (A) and three of its tributaries (B, C, D; see text).<br />
Values indicated are a subjective estimate of their relative abundance averaged over the three years: va, very<br />
abundant; a, abundant; f, frequent; o occasional; r, rare; -, absent.<br />
A B C D<br />
Batrachospermum sp, r a - -<br />
red algal chantransia o o f f<br />
Gloeocapsa sanguinea r a r<br />
Gongrosira debaryana r o f a<br />
Hormidium subtile f f r a<br />
Meridian circulare o o o a<br />
Mougeotia sp. c. 10 µm f f o o<br />
Mougeotia sp, c. 10 µm f o o o<br />
Mougeotia sp. c. 22-26 µm a o o f<br />
Rivularia biasolettiana a r r r<br />
Schizothrix lardacea va r r f<br />
Verrucaria sp. (? spp.) f o a a<br />
All three tributaries mentioned earlier had a vegetation obviously differing both from the main<br />
stream and from each other. Details of these are summarised very briefly in Table II.<br />
It is also worth noting that some algae which are widespread in other streams in North-East<br />
England were either quite absent or relatively very uncommon in Slapestone Sike. For instance, Ulothrix zonata<br />
(Weber & Mohr) Kϋtz . which is common in nearly all the other fast-flowing streams in the region, was never<br />
once recorded for Slapestone Sike or any of the other streams associated with the metamorphosed limestone.<br />
Nevertheless this species grew well on matured rocks of this limestone when incubated in an artificial stream near<br />
Durham. Only a few cells of the diatom Ceratoneis arcus Kϋtz, were ever found from this stream, although it was<br />
generally frequent in most other upland streams studied, including those which were moderately calcareous.<br />
DISCUSSION<br />
Of the algae listed in Table II, surveys at other British sites have indicated that none are restricted<br />
to the Upper Teesdale metamorphosed limestone. However, an account of the diatoms from Slapestone Sike by J.<br />
R. Carter (see next paper) does raise the possibility that several of these may prove to be characteristic of this<br />
limestone.<br />
Where, or not any algal species are eventually shown to be restricted to this region, it does appear<br />
that the algal vegetation associated with the metamorphosed limestone is unusual and represented elsewhere in<br />
Britain at relatively few sites. All of these are highly calcareous, and most but not all of them are upland. <strong>The</strong><br />
predominance of Rivularia and other blue-green algae, filamentous Conjugales and Cymbella spp. are<br />
characteristic features of these sites. Of the species listed in Table II, three would appear to be restricted to them:<br />
Gongrosira debaryana, Rivularia biasolettiana and Schizothrix lardacea. Gongrosira debaryana grows partly<br />
endolithically, and is restricted entirely to limestone surfaces, but the other two species appear relatively<br />
indifferent to their actual substrate <strong>The</strong> calcareous springs of Orton Moor near Sunbiggin Tarn, some 25<br />
kilometres S.W. of Widdybank Fell, and whose flowering plant vegetation was described by Holdgate (1955),<br />
provide a local but restricted example of another site with a rather similar algal vegetation.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re are various indications (to be reported elsewhere) that this particular algal vegetation, with<br />
its prominent growths of Rivularia and other features, is probably limited not only to highly calcareous sites, but<br />
also to ones almost entirely free of any nutrient enrichment from fertilizers or organic waste. It seems probable<br />
that it may once have been rather more widespread, and at least possible that it may in fact have been much more<br />
widespread, It might for instance
35<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
have been represented in the occasional unshaded reaches of the chalk streams of south-east England, where now<br />
it is almost certainly absent. Whether or not this was so its present distribution in Britain is decidedly restricted,<br />
and the streams in Upper Teesdale still form one of the best examples of its development. Although the algae<br />
cannot claim the glamour or quite the rarity of flowering plants like Gentiana verna. It is nevertheless hoped that<br />
the remaining streams will be preserved for all time in something like their present form. While the aIgal<br />
vegetation is unlikely to suffer much from collecting, trampling or any small climatic changes associated with the<br />
reservoir, it might well suffer greatly from any change in land usage, such as any addition of fertilizers.<br />
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS<br />
<strong>The</strong> authors are most. grateful to. the following for helpful discussion: Dr. S. Golubic, Dr. E. Kann, Miss S. M.<br />
Kirkby, Mr. T. Buffey. M.K.H. was supported by a grant allocated by the Teesdale Trust and financed by Imperial<br />
Chemical Industries Ltd.<br />
REFERENCES<br />
Bradshaw, M. E. B., and Clark, W. A. (1965): 1 Flora and vegetation. In: Valentine, D. H. (Ed.) <strong>The</strong> Natural<br />
History of Upper Teesdale, Pp, 23-42. Northumberland & Durham Naturalists' Trust Limited. 70pp.<br />
Geitler, L. (1932): Cyanophyceae. L. Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen Flora XIV. Leipzig.<br />
Holdgate, M. W. (1955): <strong>The</strong> vegetation of some springs and wet flushes on Tarn Moor, near Orton,<br />
Westmorland. J. Ecol. 43; 80-89.<br />
Holmes, T. N. H., Lloyd, E. J. H. Potts, M., and Whitton, B. A. (<strong>1972</strong>): Plants of the River Tyne. <strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong><br />
Vol. LVlI: 56-78.<br />
Johnson, G. A. L., Robinson, D., and Hornung, M. (1971): Unique bedrock and soils associated with the Teesdale<br />
flora. Nature, Lond. 232: 453-456.<br />
Pigott, C. D. (1956): <strong>The</strong> vegetation of Upper Teesdale in the North Pennines. J. Ecol. 44; 545-586.<br />
Whitton, B. A. (1970): Toxicity of heavy metals of freshwater algae: A review. Phykos 9: 116-125.<br />
THE DIATOMS OF SLAPESTONE SIKE, UPPER TEESDALE.<br />
J. R. CARTER<br />
Elm Bank, Denholm, Hawick<br />
<strong>The</strong> diatoms examined in this contribution were all collected by Mr. A. Peabody and Dr. B. A.<br />
Whitton, one collection being made on 19th April, 1970 and the other on 6th August, 1970. A complete analysis<br />
has shown little if any significant distinction between the two gatherings, the species present being identical in the<br />
main stream and any rather unusual forms being confined to small tributaries and flushes<br />
<strong>The</strong> samples contain 108 identified species, and two or three which are either quite new or perhaps<br />
inadequately described in the literature. <strong>The</strong>se latter forms have, of necessity been omitted from discussion here<br />
and will receive attention later. Taken from between forty and fifty stations from the headwaters of the Cow Green<br />
reservoir, all kinds of habitats have been sampled and the results show some containing as many as 50 different<br />
forms whilst one, a peaty drain, was completely devoid of diatoms. As one would expect the richest hauls came<br />
from amongst mosses, Rivularia colonies, algal beds and from some of the adjacent vegetation like liverworts. All<br />
these dwellers in the stream tend to act as filters to catch the diatoms and one cannot be sure that to find a form in<br />
such
36<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
a location has much ecological importance, for it may be merely a fortuitous catch washed down from its true<br />
home.<br />
Many samples were mixtures and in these cases it seems nearly impossible to assign dominant<br />
species to each sample, but perhaps Table I will be of interest and some use. I have indicated, where I know it,<br />
the optimum pH value associated with the form (many of these from Cholnoky), but it must be emphasised that<br />
there is not sufficient evidence that the conditions governing pH necessarily govern diatom growth, rmany other<br />
factors are relevant.<br />
Comment must be made on the preponderance of the Cymbella species. <strong>The</strong>se are stalked and<br />
epiphytic for the most part and often exist in great masses attached to stones in fast flowing clean streams as well<br />
as to aquatic vegetation. However, it must surely be something unusual to find seventeen or eighteen species in<br />
one small stream. One of these diatoms, Cymbella lapponica Grunow is apparently a new record for Britain. It<br />
was found originally in North Iceland and subsequently in Scandinavia and may have some significance in this<br />
area. Another diatom which seems to be a first British record is Nilzschia bryophila Hustedt, a single specimen of<br />
this form being from a Rivularia colony. This diatom has been noted from the Faroes and, more recently, from the<br />
Swiss Alps. <strong>The</strong> presence of Navicula stromii Hustedt is perhaps worth noting, for this diatom makes its first<br />
appearance here and is a member of the arctic and alpine flora.<br />
A general survey of this collection points to an association of forms more or less normal for a<br />
slightly alkaline habitat. It must be assumed that the rather infrequent presence of diatoms usually attributed to a<br />
more acid environment is due to the flushing into the stream of species from the nearby peat where the pH values<br />
can sometimes reach 6.0. This could account for the presence of plants in the genus Eunotia where optimum<br />
growth is in the region of pH 5.5 to 6.0 and the same observation is valid for the members of the genus Neidium<br />
with the reservation that the optimum conditions of growth for N. alpinum Hustedt are not clearly defined.<br />
Table I<br />
<strong>The</strong> following species have been identified; a note is added of what is known of the pH<br />
characteristics of the species from other sites.<br />
Achnanthes<br />
affinis Grunow. pH 6.0.<br />
flexella (Kützing) Brun. pH 6.0.<br />
flexella var. alpestris Brun. pH 6.0.<br />
kryophila Petersen. One specimen only from a stone scraping now covered by the reservoir. pH<br />
7.0.<br />
lapponica Rustedt.<br />
linearis (Wm. Smith) Grunow. Never plentiful and always the form named by some as the variety<br />
Pusilla Grunow, pH 6.5.<br />
microcephela (Kützing) Grunow. pH 6.6.<br />
minutissima Kützing, pH 7.5.<br />
pseudoswazi Carter.<br />
sublaevis Hustedt. Found only in one place growing with Hormidium, Originally found in the<br />
Faroes and subsequently by me in eight locations in Scotland where it was not rare in Loch Tay<br />
some years ago. <strong>The</strong> details of its ecology are imperfectly known.<br />
Amphora<br />
normanii Rabenhorst. pH 8.5. Not common in moss squeezings and amongst aquatic vegetation.<br />
ovalis Kützing, pH 8 plus.<br />
Amphipleura pellucida Kützing. pH 7.3. A few cells only trapped in a Ulothrix mat.
37<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
Anomoeoneis<br />
exilis (Kützing) Cleve. pH 6 to 7.<br />
serians var brachysira (Brébisson) Cleve.<br />
zellensis (Grunow) Cleve. An alpine form quite common in several samples here.<br />
Caloneis<br />
alpestris (Grunow) Cleve.<br />
bacillaris Gregory. pH 8.<br />
backmanii A. Cleve, in sensu Cleve 1955.<br />
silicula (Ehrenberg) Cleve. pH 8.<br />
Cocconeis placentula Ehrenberg.<br />
Cymbella<br />
angustata (Wm. Smith) Cleve.<br />
cesatii (Rabenhorst) Grunow. pH 6 to 7.<br />
delicatula Kützing. pH 7.<br />
helvetlca Kützing. pH 6.<br />
hybrida Grunow. pH 7.<br />
laevis Naegeli. pH 6 to 7.<br />
lapponica Grunow.<br />
microcephala Grunow.<br />
naviculiformis Auerswald. pH 8.<br />
obtuse Grcgory. pH 8.<br />
parva (Wm. Smith) Cleve.<br />
perpusilla A. Cleve. It is not easy to separate this form from C. bipartita Mayer. It is probable that<br />
both forms are present.<br />
rupicola Grunow.<br />
similis Krasskc. I record this with some hesitation as it does not seem to be well known. <strong>The</strong>re is<br />
confusion with C. hybridiformis Hustedt and other closely related species.<br />
sinuata Grcgory. pH 8.<br />
tumidula Grunow. pH 7 to 8.<br />
turgidula Grunow. pH 7.5 to 8.<br />
Denticula tennis Kützing.<br />
Diploneis<br />
minut., Peterscn. An arctic form which has been recorded from Britain usually in association with<br />
D. peterseni Hustedt.<br />
oculata (Brébisson) Cleve.<br />
ovalis (Hilse) Cleve.<br />
Eunotia<br />
arcus Ehrenberg. pH 6.<br />
arcus var. fallax Hustedt.<br />
exigua (Brébisson) Rabenhorst. pH, 5.2.<br />
gracilis (Ehrenberg) Rabenhorst.<br />
lunaris (Ehrenberg) Grunow. pH 5.5-6.<br />
pectinalis (Kützing) Rabenhorst. pH 6.5.<br />
tenella (Grunow) Hustedt. pH 5.5-6.<br />
Fragilaria<br />
capucina Desrnaziéres. pH 7-8.<br />
construens (Ehrenberg) Grunow. pH 8.<br />
intermedia Grunow. pH about 8.<br />
leptostauron (Ehrenberg) Hustedt. pH about 8.<br />
pinnata Ehrenberg. pH about 8.<br />
Frustulia<br />
vulgaris (Thwaites) de Toni. pH 7.5-8.<br />
species? This form is apparently undescribed but needs further critical investigation. See fig. 28,<br />
Plate I<br />
Gomphonema<br />
angustata (Kützing) Rabenhorst. pR 7-8.
38<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
intricatum Kützing, pH 7-8.<br />
pumila Grunow. This diatom is quite common in most gatherings. It has often been included as a<br />
variety of intricatum but appears to me to be sufficiently different to be distinct.<br />
olivaceoides Hustedt.<br />
Hantzschia amphioxys (Ehrenberg) Grunow.<br />
Meridion circulare Agardh.<br />
Navicula<br />
bacillum. Ehrenberg.<br />
bryophila Petersen. pH 6.<br />
cari Ehr. var. angusta Grunow.<br />
contenta Grunow.<br />
caterva Holm and Hellerman. I have some reservations in including this form as I have seen so few<br />
specimens.<br />
cryptocephala Kützing. pH 8.<br />
disjuncta Hustedt. pH 7. Very common and never absolutuely typical.<br />
gregaria Donkin. pH 8.<br />
lucidula Grunow. A little known form and this perhaps the first record in Britain. It is unfortunate<br />
that it is so rare here.<br />
miniscula Grunow.<br />
modica Hustedt.<br />
pelliculosa (Brébisson) Hilse. pH 8.<br />
pupula Kützing. pH 8.<br />
radiosa Kützing. pH 7.5.<br />
stromii Hustedt.<br />
subatomoides Hustedt.<br />
subhamulata Grunow. pH 6.5.<br />
submuralis Hustedt.<br />
subtilissima Cleve. pH 5.6.<br />
tenella (Brébisson) Cleve.<br />
tenelloides Hustedt.<br />
Neidiurn<br />
affine (Ehrenberg) Cleve.<br />
alpinurri Hustedt.<br />
dubium (Ehrenberg) Cleve.<br />
bisulcatum (Lagerstedt) Cleve. pH 5-6.<br />
iridis (Ehrenberg) Cleve. pH 6.<br />
As in Eunotia these are all acid-loving species and appear but rarely.<br />
Nitzschia<br />
angustata (Wm. Smith) Grunow. pH 8.5.<br />
bryophila Hustedt.<br />
frustulum (Kützing) Grunow. pH 7.<br />
hantzschiana Rabenhorst. pH around 7.<br />
linearis (Agardh) Wm. Smith. pH 7-8.<br />
microcephala Grunow. pH 7.5-8.5.<br />
palea (Kützing). Wm. Smith. pH from 4.3 to 8. according to Cholnoky.<br />
sigmoidea (Ehrenberg) Wm. Smith. pH 8.5.<br />
Pinnularia<br />
appendiculata (Agardh) Cleve. pH about 8 is quoted by Cholnoky but this is generally much<br />
higher than my own observations.<br />
cleveana Ross. For sufficient reasons Ross has given this name to the form previously known to<br />
most workers as P. undulata Gregory.<br />
commutata Grunow. I do not consider this diatom to be a variety of P. viridis from which it differs<br />
by reason of raphe complexity. gracillima Gregory.<br />
leptosoma Grunow.<br />
viridis (Nitzsch) Ehrenberg.<br />
Rhopalodia<br />
gibberula (Ehrenberg) O. Muller.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
39<br />
parallela (Grunow) O. Mulier.<br />
Stauroneis<br />
phoenicenteron (Nitzch) Ehrenberg<br />
prominula (Grunow) Hustedt. Occuring in a moss squeezing in one place onIy now submerged. pH<br />
7-7.3.<br />
smithii Grunow. pH 8.<br />
Surirella<br />
birostrata Hustedt.<br />
helvetica (Brun.) Meister. Occurs but rarely and seems to me to be sufficiently unique to stand<br />
alone and not be Included as a variey of S. linearis Wm. Smith.<br />
linearis var. constricta (Ehrenberg) Grunow. pH 6.<br />
ovata Kützing.<br />
Synedra<br />
amphicephala . Kützing.<br />
rumpens Kützing.<br />
ulna (Nitzsch) Ehrenberg. pH 7-8.<br />
Table II<br />
Location of "Dominant Species"<br />
Achnanthes microcephala ABB<br />
Achnanthes minutissima BC<br />
Anomoeoneis zellensis EF<br />
Cymbella cesatii AB<br />
Cymbella delicatula AAAABDDHHH<br />
Cymbella tumidula G<br />
Cymbella parva BBGH<br />
Fragilaria capucina B<br />
Meridion circulare BBBBD<br />
Pinnularia commutata F<br />
A On or in Rivularia colonies.<br />
B On other algae.<br />
C On liverworts.<br />
D On moss on rock.<br />
E Dry flush over turf.<br />
F Wet flush over turf.<br />
G Cold water spring.<br />
H Normal stream.<br />
Plate 1.<br />
Fig. 1,2, Achnantlies lapponica, 3, 4, A. pseudoswazi, 5, 6, 7,8, A. minutissima. 9, 10, A. microephala, 11,<br />
Fragllaria intermedia. 12, 13, A. sublaevis. 14, 15, A. microcephala, 16, 17, A. affinis. 18, 19, Amphora normanii,<br />
20, 21, Anomoeoneis zellensis. 22, Caloneis bacillaris, 23, C. backmanii. 24, 25, Eunotia arcus. 26, E. tenella, 27,<br />
Denticula tenuis, 28, Frustula sp. ? 29, 30, Diploneis minuta. 31, Anomoeoneis exilis. 32, Gomphonema<br />
intricatum, 33, G. olivaceoides, 34, G. pumila. 35, G. intricatum, 36, G. angustata. 37, 38, Cymbella cesatii. 39,<br />
C. angustata? 40, 41, C. delicatula. 42, 43, C. similis? 44, C. microcephala. 45, C. sinuata.<br />
Plate 2.<br />
Fig. 1, Cymbella lapponica, 2, C. naviculiformis, 3, C. parva. 4, C. obtusa. 5, 6, C. laevis. 7, C. tumidula. 8, 9,<br />
C. perpusilla. 10, C. bipartita, 11, Synedra amphicephala: 12, CymbelIa rupicola. 13,14, 15, Cymbella sp.? 16,<br />
Meridion ,circulare. 17,Navicula pupula var. rectangularis, 18, Fragilaria capucina 19, Navicula submuralis. 20,<br />
N. subatomoides. 21, N. bryophila. 22, N. stromii 23, N. caterva. 24 N. cryptocephala, var. 25, Nitzschia<br />
bryophila, 26,. N. angustata 27, 28, Nitzschia sp.? 29, Surirella helvetica. 30, Achnanthes flexella. 31, Pinnularia<br />
leptosoma. 32, P. commutata. 33, P. cleveana. 34, Stauroneis prominua, 35, S. smithii.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
40
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
41
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
THE ECOLOGY OF TARN DUB<br />
J. C. PETERS,<br />
Water Resources Board, Research Division, Reading, Berkshire<br />
42<br />
Introduction<br />
Tarn Dub is a freshwater pond situated within the Upper Teesdale National Nature Reserve at an altitude of 1,370<br />
ft. at the foot of the Whin Sill cliff out- cropping on the northern side of Cronkley Fell on the North<br />
Yorks/Durham border. (Ordnance Survey Reference NY 853287).<br />
<strong>The</strong> Tarn owes its existence to the damming of drainage water from the fell by a lateral moraine of<br />
boulder clay running from north-east to south-west along the base of the cliff - Tarn Rigg. Apparently drainage<br />
into the Tarn from a temporary stream at the north-eastern end is insufficient to maintain its volume throughout<br />
the year and large oscillations in water depth occur. <strong>The</strong> maximum depth in winter nears 6 feet when the Tarn<br />
reaches a length of approximately 380 yards and a maximum width of approximately 100 yards. In a dry summer<br />
the only areas not to dry out entirely are two pools of approximately 8 inches in depth and 5 feet in diameter at the<br />
south-eastern end of the central area, and the extreme south-eastern arm. (See contour map Figure 1). Since the<br />
time when this study was made the tarn dried out entirely in August 1971.<br />
Soil<br />
<strong>The</strong> soil of the Tarn shore is some 18-20 inches deep and consists of an upper half inch of light<br />
friable humus underlain by an A1 horizon of 4 inches of humus enriched brown earth. This covers an A2 layer of<br />
3 inches of earth with a reasonable crumb structure giving way to a twelve inch deep B horizon of gleyed boulder<br />
clay containing spots of iron. <strong>The</strong> bedrock appears to be dolerite. Within the body of the Tarn the B<br />
horizon occurs within 3 inches of the surface, there being a reduced A horizon and the whole is overlain by three<br />
inches of fine black silt formed from plant detritus.<br />
Vegetation<br />
<strong>The</strong> vegetation of the surrounding moorland is of the "Atlantic" type, the dominant species being Calluna<br />
vulgaris, Erica tetralix, Eriophorum vaginaturn, Juncus squarrosus, Festuca rubra, Festuca ovina, Agrostis<br />
tenuis, Nardus stricta, Galium saxatile, Potenitilla erecta, Carex flacca and Carex panicea. This vegetation<br />
blends into that of the Tarn itself. At the north-western end of the Tarn which is only flooded in Autumn and<br />
Spring the dominant species are Juncus conglomeratus, Nardus stricta, Agrostis tenuis, Festuca ovina, Carex<br />
flacca, Carex nigra, Carex panicea, Potentilla erecta. and Galium saxatile. In the deeper pockets in the western<br />
arm and in the central area these species are joined by Littorella uniflora, Ranunculus flammula and<br />
Ranunculus repens. On the shore of the central area only Oenanthe fistulosa dominates the community.<br />
<strong>The</strong> two perennially water filled pools in the central part of the Tarn contain Fontinalis antipyretica<br />
and a Nitella sp.. <strong>The</strong>se pools are surrounded by a zone covered in Glyceria fluitans which marks the extent of<br />
that Dart rarely dried out entirely.<br />
<strong>The</strong> south-eastern arm of the Tarn is isolated from the central area by a rock covered spit. <strong>The</strong><br />
bottom of this perennially water-covered part of the tarn is flat and dominated by a mat of Glyceria fiuitans<br />
containing some Potamogeton polygonifolius and a clump of Eleocharis palustris. This deeper part is edged by a<br />
zone of Ranunculus aquatilis, Ranunculus flammula, Littorella uniflora and Galium saxatile interspersed with<br />
clumps of Juncus conglomeratus on the southern shore. Virtually no Sphagnum sp. occurs within the margin of<br />
the Tarn. <strong>The</strong> Tarn drains to the south-east at times of high water and Sphagnum palustre, Sphagnum<br />
subsecundum, Sphagnum papillosum and Sphagnum cuspidatum cover this flushed zone.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
43
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
44<br />
Water Quality<br />
During the summer months the shallow nature of the Tarn, the abundance of vegetation and the firm flat substrate<br />
attracts large numbers of grazing sheep into the water. <strong>The</strong> nutrient enrichment of the water from their faeces is<br />
reflected in the water analysis in the summer when sodium, potassium and sulphate/nitrate concentrations rise.<br />
(See Table 1).<br />
<strong>The</strong> calcium concentration oscillates greatly from levels comparable to that of a bog pool, January analyses being<br />
2.2 mg/litre of calcium to a maximum concentration of 13.3 mg/litre in May after continuous rainfall, when<br />
drainage water from the saccharoidal limestone on top of Cronkley Fell runs into the Tarn from the intermittent<br />
inflow stream at the north-western end.<br />
TABLE I in mg/litre<br />
Ca Na K Mg NO,,+SO, pH<br />
January 2.2 0.9 0.3 0.3 4.8 6.7<br />
April 6.1 2.5 1.7 0.5 4.8 6.72<br />
May 13.3 2.6 2.3 0.2 6.7 6.65<br />
June 9.1 3.0 1.6 0.8 9.98 6.81<br />
July 3.8 2.6 0.9 0.6 5.7 6.7<br />
August 5.2 2.9 1.0 0.6 9.6 6.65<br />
Septernber 2.4 1.9 0.2 0.3 7.67 6.75<br />
October 9.1 2.1 0.7 0.5 6.4 6.95<br />
November 1.8 0.8 0.4 0.3 5.7 6.78<br />
TEMPERATURE AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATION<br />
Summer water temperatures have reached a maximum of 26°C in mid July with diurnal oscillations<br />
often in the range of 8-12°C. At midday in such a season with a maximum water depth of 9 inches and a water<br />
temperature of 19°C, the oxygen concentration was 1ppm at the mud surface to 11.5 pprn at the water surface.<br />
FAUNA<br />
Vertebrates<br />
<strong>The</strong> islands that form in the large central pool of the Tarn between April and June support a small nesting colony<br />
of black-headed gulls. <strong>The</strong> number has varied from 3 to 6 nesting pairs. One pair of Redshank and one pair of Teal<br />
have nested toward the south-eastern end throughout each year of the study. In 1968, and 1969 young Teal were<br />
successfully bred on the Tarn.<br />
In Spring and Autumn a heron is a regular visitor to the Tarn. <strong>The</strong>se visits coincide with the spring<br />
frog spawning and the Autumn appearance of large numbers of young common newts.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Tarn contains no fish which is to be expected considering the violent fluctuations in water level.<br />
INVERTEBRATES<br />
Sampling Method<br />
<strong>The</strong> invertebrate fauna of the tarn was sampled quantitatively at monthly intervals for the three year period 1965-<br />
1967 by means of timed collections with a standard Freshwater Biological Association pond net of 40 mesh/inch.<br />
General qualitative sampling in the summer of 1964 had indicated that although certain species<br />
were present in dense populations others were scare but regularly present. In order to avoid the inaccuracies of<br />
sampling species aggregations, or of failing to sample them on a numbers per unit area basis and because the tarn<br />
bottom was covered by such a dense mat of vegetation making core sampling or quadrat sampling difficult, a<br />
timed sampling technique was chosen similar to that used by Macan and Mann. This timed sampling consisted of<br />
two ten minute searches with a pond net along each of two parallel 30 yard transects in the south-eastern arm of<br />
the tarn. In order that the efficiency of the pond net
45<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
collection should not decrease as it became filled by the material collected, the samples were emptied into a dish<br />
after a five minute period before continuing a second five minute sample from the point reached previously on the<br />
transect. <strong>The</strong> two ten minute samples were returned to the laboratory for sorting. Genera were seperated and<br />
preserved and counts made of the species present to give an indication of monthly changes in population density.<br />
General net searching was continued In other parts of the tarn to ascertain whether any species<br />
were being missed from the transects. This general qualitative sampling continued throughout 1968 and 1969 after<br />
quantitative sampling had been discontinued.<br />
Absent elements of the invertebrate fauna<br />
Throughout the six year period of study, 3 years of which involve monthly sampling no representatives of the<br />
following families or genera were collected:<br />
a. Asellus sp.-the absence is expected on the basis of T. B. Reynoldson's 1961 paper in that the tarn is<br />
at too high an altitude and with too low a calcium content, falling outside his "Asellus" lake type.<br />
b. Turbellaria - Reynoldson (1958) places water bodies with a calcium concentration of below 6 ppm<br />
at this altitude in the category of waters not colonised by flatworms except for Phagocatta vita<br />
which normally occurs in tarns with Sphagnum sp. in the watershed. Although a very little<br />
Sphagnum sp, is present in the watershed there is none present within the body of the tarn; this<br />
coupled with the very variable water depths and water chemistry probably explains the absence of<br />
this group.<br />
c. Zygoptera - the absence of this family is hard to explain in view of there being two species of<br />
Anisoptera present. Davies (1969) demonstrated that some Zygoptera are major predators on<br />
Turbellaria, whether this absence is linked is speculative but interesting. Macan (1963) in his<br />
species list for Hudson's Tarn demonstrates the presence of Zygoptera in the absence of Tricladida.<br />
Species that have occurred on very rare occasions in the tarn are:<br />
a. Centroptilurn luteolum - one nymph of this species was collected in 1967, otherwise there has<br />
been no record of any Ephemeropterans in the Tarn. <strong>The</strong> rarity of this group can possibly be<br />
explained by the partial drying up of the Tarn, the organic pollution and high summer temperatures<br />
all of which are known to have a depressive effect on Epherneropteran faunas. Macan (1963).<br />
b. Lirnnaea stagnalis - one specimen was collected from the Nitella sp . in the small permanent pool in<br />
the central area. <strong>The</strong> water chemistry of the Tarn and its impermanent nature makes this occurrence<br />
of a calciphile mollusc most unusual.<br />
c. Garmmarus pulex - again only one specimen of this species occurred In the six years of sampling.<br />
<strong>The</strong> occurrence of this species and of (a) and (b) above indicates that although species immigrate to<br />
the tarn at regular intervals they are not establishing themselves.<br />
Dominant invertebrates and the significance of their presence in the Tarn<br />
Family Corixidae<br />
Of the eleven species present in the tarn, five predominate. Callicorixa wollastoni - a strong flying species that is<br />
normally only present in water bodies above 1,500 ft. - is dominant throughout the year. Its presence in large<br />
numbers at a lower altitude here may be accounted for by the eastern position of the tarn in the country. Macan<br />
(1954) suggests that Sigara nigrolineata normally occurs in larger numbers than Callicorixa wollastoni in small<br />
water bodies but in this instance Sigara nigrolineata is scarce in the tarn. <strong>The</strong> next most abundant species with<br />
Callicorixa praeusta which Macan (1954b) associates with slightly larger lakes with some organic pollution. In<br />
smaller water bodies Corixa punctata is normally associated with such organic enrichment, but here Corixa<br />
punctata is common
46<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
but never reaches the density of Callicorixa praeusta. <strong>The</strong> most common species following Callicorixa praeusta<br />
and in larger numbers than Corixa punctata is Hesperocorixa sahlbergi which is usually found in leaf filled pools<br />
or areas of stagnent fen with high rates of organic decomposition relative to the rate of inorganic deposition.<br />
Macan (1954a). In the autumn the population of Sigara distincta becomes as dense as Hesperocorixa sahtbergi.<br />
According to Macan (1967) Sigara distincta tends to replace Sigara dorsalis as organic matter accumulates<br />
particularly in soft waters. In the case of the tarn Sigara dorsalis is rare, one specimen only having been obtained<br />
on seven different occasions. Of the other rarely occurring species Hesperocorixa castanea and Sigara scotii are<br />
representatives of high organic contents in more unproductive acid waters. Additional rare occurrences are<br />
Arctocorisa germari and Sigara concinna.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Corixid occurrences would therefore tend to indicate a highly productive, soft water, at high<br />
altitude, middle sized, organically polluted lake of unstable condition.<br />
Throughout the sampling period it was found that Corixid nymphs occurring in the tarn were<br />
heavily parasitised by the nemotode worm Mermis sp..<br />
Plecoptcra<br />
<strong>The</strong> only stone fly species present is Nemoura cinerea. Small nymphs appear in October and<br />
growth continues until the hatch of adults begins in April which lasts until mid-May. <strong>The</strong>reafter the species is<br />
absent except as a resting stage - presumably a summer diapausing egg. Such a winter life cycle adapts this<br />
species well to impermanent water bodies.<br />
Odonata<br />
<strong>The</strong> two species of Aeshna to occur in the tarn are indicative of two habitats, in the case of Aeshna juncea this<br />
species occurs in rich fen areas whilst Aeshna grandis being a very strong flyer is often the only species to occur<br />
in outlying bog pools.<br />
Coleoptera<br />
<strong>The</strong> author made a particular study of those species of the Genus Agabus occuring in the tarn. In order to discover<br />
whether these closely related species were likely to be competing for food. and space, an analysis was made of<br />
their life cycles and temperature requirements for growth.<br />
<strong>The</strong> dominant species were Agabus bipustulatus, and Agabus labiatus. <strong>The</strong> former species is a strong flyer and<br />
common in all types of standing water habitat. It was found to continue egg and larval development at<br />
temperatures as low as 1°C and to have an overwintering 3rd instar larval diapause with growth restricted by short<br />
daylengths (photoperiod) which overode temperatures as high as 25°C. Agabus labiatus overwintered as an adult,<br />
the larvae only appearing in the tarn from May to August. <strong>The</strong>se larvae differed from the other Agabines present<br />
in having swimming hairs on the legs and they could be seen capturing Cladocera for food. Egg deposition by the<br />
adults only took place under reduced temperatures and daylengths. This species is of particular interest in having<br />
only a local but wide distribution in such impermanent water bodies as dune slacks near the sea to pools in upland<br />
Scotland, and yet observations during the present study and those of Miss D. Jackson (1956) indicate that this<br />
species is entirely flightless. <strong>The</strong> rapid larval development that has been observed in spring must therefore be<br />
advantageous in such impermanent waters.<br />
Agabus congener larvae occur in the tarn in July and August. This species and Agabus arcticus<br />
have a northern montane distribution in Britain. Agabus congener adults lay diapausing eggs in the late summer.<br />
<strong>The</strong>se eggs will only develop after a period at low temperatures. This now confirms F. Balfour Browne's<br />
suspicions that this species like Agabus chalconatus has a diapausing egg stage. Agabus arcticus adults only<br />
oviposit in the laboratory after a similar treatment to that successful with Agabus labiatus and although no larvae<br />
of this species have reached successful pupation it is likely that the life history is controlled by adult
47<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
diapause. In addition the rate of larval growth with temperature follows an almost identical relationship to that<br />
shown by Agabus bipustulatus which suggests an overwintering larva.<br />
Of the remaining two species of Agabus found in the tarn Agabus chalconatus was only identified<br />
from nine males, no females having been captured; both this species and Agabus sturmii are locally common<br />
throughout Britain. <strong>The</strong> larvae of the latter were captured regularly in the tarn and overwintered at much the same<br />
time as Agabus bipustulatus. Although adults of this species never laid eggs in the laboratory, suggesting either<br />
adult diapause or the absence of the correct substrate for oviposition, it appears likely that there would be diapause<br />
in the third larval instar. This species is smaller than Agabus bipustulatus and the larval size ranges do not not<br />
overlap which in itself will prevent competition for similar sized prey.<br />
It is interesting to note how the group of closely related species occurring in the same water body<br />
regulate their life histories differently by spatial separation of larvae between plankton and substrate, in size<br />
difference, or in the season when present.<br />
<strong>The</strong> remaining species include Rhantus bistriatus, described by Galewski (1963) as being the most<br />
typical representative of the genus occurring in shallow impermanent sedge or grass choked ponds.<br />
Trichoptera<br />
All the Limnophilus spp. of caddis occurring in the tarn have long adult flight periods and according to Crichton<br />
(1971) these species are all likely to exhibit adult diapause in that no oviposition takes place until late in the<br />
season. In addition P. Hiley (personal communication) states that these species eventually deposit their eggs on<br />
dry stones below top water level and the larvae begin to develop in the egg mass, but then remain inactive until<br />
they are covered by the returning water surface.<br />
Phrygranea grandis, which occurred regularly in the south-east end of the tarn has a flight period from late April<br />
to early July and not only do adults require to deposit eggs into water but also larvae are found throughout the<br />
year, according to Bray R. B. (1969). This species is apparently unsuited to life in all but the perennial parts of the<br />
tarn and is likely to have been eliminated in the catastrophic drying of 1971.<br />
Hydracarina<br />
<strong>The</strong> five species occurring in sorne numbers in the tarn are Arrenurus buccinator, Arrenurus membranator,<br />
Limnesia koenike, Piona coccinea, and Pionacercus leukarti, According tol C. L. Hopkins (1962) these are all<br />
species of thick vegetation in small ponds or reedswarnp. In Tarn Dub the first three species occur in all months of<br />
the year whilst the last two are present from March to September only.<br />
Hirundinea<br />
Of the two species of leech present Erpobdella octoculata dominates. Surveys by K. H. Mann (1955) suggest that<br />
smaller water bodies with calcium contents below 7mg/litre are usually inhabited by a leech population in which<br />
Erpobdella octoculata dominates Helobdella stagnalis<br />
Mollusca<br />
<strong>The</strong> Gasteropod fauna of the tarn is typical of the soft water "slum" fauna described by Boycott (1936). Limnaea<br />
truncatula and Planorbis spirorbis being typical of areas that dry up in summer, whilst Limnaea glabra is a<br />
calcifuge and Planorbis leavis is an inhabitant of soft water areas.<br />
Summary<br />
Elements of the fauna, flora and water chemistry of Tarn Dub, an upland pond subjected to periodic drying out,<br />
are described. <strong>The</strong> species list for the area
48<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
is of the "insect" type expected in an unstable soft water environment but with certain exceptions. <strong>The</strong>se<br />
differences suggest that organic pollution combined with occasional drainage of calcium enriched water into the<br />
Tarn increases the production and produces a partial fen fauna.<br />
Acknowledgements<br />
This work conducted in the Upper Teesdale National Nature Reserve formed part of a six year study undertaken<br />
whilst the author was firstly employed by the Nature Conservancy and later on the staff of the Department of<br />
Zoology at Newcastle University. My thanks are due to many individuals for their assistance Dr. B. A. Whitton<br />
and Mrs. M. Bradshaw for the list of diatoms and desmids; Dr. D. J. Bellamy for assistance with the macrophytes;<br />
Dr. G. Forster, the late Professor F. Balfour-Browne, Mr. P. Hiley and Dr. D. T. Crisp for assistance with<br />
arthropod identification, and not least my wife for long hours of sorting samples.<br />
REFERENCES<br />
1. BaIfour-Browne F. (1940) British Water Beetles Volume 1. London: Ray Soc.<br />
2. Boycott A. E. (1936) "<strong>The</strong> habitats of fresh-water Mollusca in Britain." J. Anim. Ecol. 5, 116-186.<br />
3. Bray R. B. (1969) "<strong>The</strong> life cycle and growth of some British Phryganaeidae (Trichoptera)" Ent.<br />
Month. Mag. 105, 75-84.<br />
4. Crichton M. I. (1971) "A study of caddis flies (Trichoptera) of the family Limnophilidae based on<br />
the Rotharnsted Insect Survey, 1964-1968." J. Zool. Lond. 163, 533-563.<br />
5. Davies R. W. and Reynoldson T. B. (1969) "<strong>The</strong> incidence and intensity of predation on lake<br />
dwelling triclads in the laboratory." Ecology 50, No. 5.<br />
6. Galewskii K. (1963) "Immature stages of the Central European species of Rhantus Dejean<br />
(Coleoptera , Dytiscidae)." Pol. Pisrno. Ent. 33 No. 1.<br />
7. Hopkins C. L. (1962) "Distribution of Hydracarina in the vicinity of Flatford Mill, East Suffolk."<br />
Field Studies 1 No. 4, 553-73.<br />
8. Macan T. T. (1963) "Freshwater Ecology" Longrnans.<br />
9. Macan T. T. (l954a) “A contribution to the study of the ecology of Corixidae (Hemipt)." J. Anim.<br />
Ecol 23, 115-141.<br />
10. Macan T. T. (1954b) "Littoral fauna and lake types." Verh. int, Ver. Limnol, 12, 608-612.<br />
11. Macan T. T. (1967) "<strong>The</strong> Corixidae of two Shropshire Meres." Field Studies 2, No. 4, 533-545.<br />
12. Mann K. H. (1955b) "Some factors influencing the distribution of freshwater leeches in Britain."<br />
Verh. Int. Ver. Limnol. 12, 582-587.<br />
13. Reynoldson T. B. (1958c) "Triclads and lake Typology in Northern Britain - qualitative aspects."<br />
Verh. int. Ver. Limnol. 13, 320-330.<br />
14. Reynoldson T. B. (1961a) "Observations on the occurrence of Asellus (Isopoda, Crustacea) in<br />
some lakes of Northern Britain." Verh. int. Ver. Limnol. 14, 988-994.<br />
APPENDlX 1<br />
Species List for Tarn Dub<br />
Coelenterata Hydra oligactus<br />
Nematoda Mermls sp.<br />
Annelida Oligochaeta<br />
Hirudinea<br />
Dero sp.<br />
Lumbriculus variegatus<br />
Nais sp .<br />
Erpobdella octoculata (L) .<br />
Helobdella stagnalis (L).
49<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
Mollusca Gastropoda Limnaea glabra (Müll).<br />
Limnaea stagnalis (Linn).<br />
Limnaea truncatula (Müll).<br />
Planorbis laevis (ALDER).<br />
Planorbis spirorbis (Linn).<br />
Larnellibranchiata Pisidium sp.<br />
Sphaerium sp.<br />
Arthropoda Crustacea Ostracoda sp.<br />
Amphipoda Gammarus pulex (Linn).<br />
Cladocera Simocaphulus vettulus (0. F.<br />
Müller).<br />
Bosmina sp.<br />
Insecta<br />
Ephemeroptera Centroptilum luteolum (Müll).<br />
Odonata Aeshna grandis (L).<br />
Aeshna juncea (L).<br />
Nemoura cinerea (Retz).<br />
Limnophilus vittatus (For).<br />
Limnophilus centralis (Curt).<br />
Plecoptera<br />
Trichoptera<br />
Limnophilus luridus; Curt<br />
Limnophilus luridus (Curt).<br />
Limnnophilus sparsus Curt<br />
Phryganea grandis (Linn),<br />
Oligotricha sp.<br />
Hemiptera<br />
Callicorixa wollastoni (D. & S.)<br />
Callicorixa praeusta (Fieb).<br />
Corix punctata (Illig).<br />
Sigaraa distincta (Fieb).<br />
Sigara nigrolineata (Fieb).<br />
Sigara dorsalis Leach<br />
Hesperocorixa sahlbergi (Fieb).<br />
Hesperocorixa castanea<br />
(Thorns).<br />
Sigara scotti (D. & S.)<br />
Arctocorisa germari (Fieb).<br />
Sigura concinna (Fieb).<br />
Anacaena globulus (Payk).<br />
Coleoptera<br />
Hydradephaga Agabus congener (Payk).<br />
Agabus articus (Thorns).<br />
Agabus bipustulatus (L.)<br />
Agabus chalconatus (Panz).<br />
Agabus labiatus (Br).<br />
Agabus sturmii (Gyll).
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
Dytiscus marginalis (L).<br />
Gyrinus natator Limme.<br />
Hydroporus umbrosus (Gyll).<br />
Hydroporus gylenhallii<br />
Hydroporus palustris (L).<br />
Hydroporus pubescens Gyll.<br />
Hydroporus obscurus Strm.<br />
Haliplus ruficollis Deg.<br />
Haliplus fulvus F.<br />
Helophorus brevipaipus<br />
Helophorus aequalis Thorns.<br />
Helophorus minutus F.<br />
Helophorus walker<br />
Helophorus minutus F<br />
Limnebius truncatellus Thunb.<br />
Oreodytes rivalis Gyll.<br />
Rhantus bistriatus Berg.<br />
Diptera Chironomidae sp,<br />
Phalocrocera replicata L.<br />
Chaoborus sp.<br />
Hymenoptera Polynema sp.<br />
Arachnida<br />
Hydracarina Arrenurus buccinator (Mull).<br />
Arrenurus membranator (Thor).<br />
Limnesia koenikei Piers<br />
Limnesia undulata (Mull).<br />
Lebertia porosa Thor<br />
Oxus plantaris<br />
Piona coccinea (Koch).<br />
Pionopsis lutescens (Herm)<br />
Pionacercus leukartii (Piers).<br />
APPENDIX 2<br />
A list of diatoms and desmids identified by Mrs. M. Bradshaw and Dr. B. Whitton<br />
Diatoms: Nirzchia palea Synedra ovata<br />
Navicula avenacea Synedra ulna<br />
Achnanthes lanceolata Navicula cryptocephala Synedra vaucheriae<br />
Amphora ovalis Navicula subminiscula Tabellaria flocculosa<br />
Ceratoneis arcus Pinnularia borealis<br />
Cocconeis placentula Pinnularia divergentissim Desmids:<br />
Cymbella ventricosa Pinnularia globiceps<br />
Diatoma vulgare var. krookei Closterium sp.<br />
Eunotia diodon Pinnularia viridis Cosmarium sp.<br />
Gomphonema olivaceum Rhiocosphenia curvata Spondylosium spp.<br />
Gomphonema parvulum Stauroneis anceps Ophiocytium majus<br />
Meridion circulare<br />
50
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
PLEUROCLADIA LACUSTRIS A. BRAUN (PHAEOPHYTA) _ A NEW BRITISH RECORD.<br />
S. M. KIRKBY 1 , D. J. HIBBERD 2 and B. A. WHITTON 1 .<br />
1 Department of Botany, University of Durham, Durham City.<br />
2 Culture Centre of Algae and Protozoa, 36, Storey's Way, Cambridge, CB3 0DT.<br />
51<br />
<strong>The</strong> great majority of species of brown algae are found either in marine or brackish habitats.<br />
Nevertheless, there are a few freshwater forms, and In view of their apparent rarity, these have always been of<br />
considerable interest to algologists. <strong>The</strong> present note describes what we believe to be the first record of<br />
Pleurocladia lacustris A. Braun in Britain.<br />
Bourrelly's (1968) flora lists four genera of brown algae represented in fresh- waters: Bodanella,<br />
Pleurocladia, Heribaudiella, Lithoderma. Among these the forms included by various authors under either<br />
Heribaudiella or Lithoderma are certainly very similar, if not identical. (see Harnel, 1931-9). Bodanella is<br />
monospecific (Bourrelly, 1968), while the various forms of Pleurocladia have also sometimes been regarded as a<br />
single species (Wilce,1966). <strong>The</strong> known species of freshwater brown algae therefore fall into three distinct groups,<br />
including very few (possibly only three) species. In Britain, Lithoderma fluviatile Aresch. (= Heribaudiella<br />
(Aresch.) Svedelius) has been recorded from several rivers in North Devon (Fritsch, 1929), but there are<br />
apparently no records for either Bodanella or, prior to this, for Pleurocladia,<br />
HABITAT<br />
Description of site<br />
<strong>The</strong> alga was found (by S. M. K.) in the larger of the two main ponds at Brasside, County Durham<br />
(National Grid reference NZ 292454, altitude 60m).<br />
<strong>The</strong> ponds at Brasside have arisen as the result of extensive excavations into the laminated clays of<br />
the old submerged valley of the River Wear (Maling, 1955). <strong>The</strong>re has probably been, some open water in the area<br />
for fifty years, with fish stocking having been carried out for at least half that time. Part of the area near the large<br />
pond was used in the 1950's by British Rail and the War Department as a dump, while until recently many old<br />
bottles and tins were evident on the floor of the small pond. <strong>The</strong> ponds have reached their present general form<br />
only within the last twenty years, the final major change taking place in 1966 when the Smaller pond became<br />
connected with the larger one, thus slightly raising the level of the water in the latter. <strong>The</strong>re is a small outlet stream<br />
from the large pond running into the River Wear.<br />
Water Chemistry<br />
Analysis of water collected from the vicinity of the Pleurocladia on 11 September <strong>1972</strong>, and<br />
treated by the methods given in Holmes et al. (<strong>1972</strong>), gave the following results:<br />
Na 28.3 mg/l Al
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
52<br />
Associated species<br />
Thalli of Pleurocadia were found to be frequently attached to rotting leaves of Typha latifolia L. at<br />
one site during September and early October <strong>1972</strong>. Other algal epiphytes with conspicuous thalli on such leaves<br />
were: Chaetophora pisiformis (Roth) C.A. Ag. (abundant), Coleochaete scutata de Bréb. (occasional),<br />
Gloeotrichia pisum (C. A. Ag.) Thuret (rare). Leaves which were dead, but not yet rotting, did not show any<br />
obvious Pleurocladia thalli, although colonies of Chaetophora were usually evident. Inspection of rotting leaves<br />
of Typha from other parts of this and the adjacent pond did not reveal any other sites with Pleurocladia. This<br />
particular site is also the only one for which Gloeotrichia has so far been recorded from this pond.<br />
Typha laltifolia grows at this site in shallow water overlying the black mud, together with<br />
Myriophyllum spicatum L. and Potamogeton pctinatus L. and with Enteromorpha flexuosa (Wulfen ex Rdh.) J.<br />
Ag. frequent in summer and autumn at the surface of the pond. Colonies of Gloeotrichia pisum. and Chaetophora<br />
pisiformis have been recorded here in late summer as epiphytes on the fine-leaved flowering plants since 1965.<br />
However leave, of Typha have not been inspected previously, so it is not known whether Pleurocladia was also<br />
present.<br />
Fig. 1. Two thalli of Pleurocladia on a rotting Typha leaf. Magnification x 140.<br />
DESCRIPTION OF ALGA<br />
<strong>The</strong> material from Brasside pond corresponded well with descriptions in the literature such as those given by<br />
Pascher (1925), Waern (1952) and Wilce (1966). <strong>The</strong> excellent series of diagrams shown by Wilce would in<br />
general be equally applicable to the Brasside material. However, unlike the marine populations of
53<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
Wilce or the brackish one of Waern but like the majority of previous freshwater records the Brasside material<br />
showed marked calcification in old thalli. Associated with this calcification, old thalli appeared a pale golden<br />
brown to the naked eye, in contrast to the rather deeper brown shown by young thalli.<br />
<strong>The</strong> alga formed thalli up to 3 mm diameter. on the rotting leaves (Fig. 1) though they were usually<br />
somewhat smaller. <strong>The</strong> thickness of old thalli, excluding any hairs, was 200-300 mm. <strong>The</strong> hairs however. which<br />
were most evident on thalli of intermediate age, often exceeded twice this length. Although thalli were scattered<br />
over most of the surfaces of rotting leaves, some tendency to aggregation was usually apparent, suggesting that<br />
secondary colonization may play a role in its spread on the leaf.<br />
Fig. 2. Part of a young thallus, including base of a hair. Magnification x 400<br />
<strong>The</strong> filaments of Brasside material were mostly 10-16 µm wide, while ripe Sporangia were 18-24<br />
µm and 28-38 µm long (Fig. 2, 3). <strong>The</strong> dimensions of both filaments and sporangia thus lie in about the middle of<br />
the ranges given by other authors and summarized by Wilce (1966). Filaments of old calcified thalli were<br />
markedly wider than those of young ones (means of 15 and 11 µm, respectively). One slight difference from the<br />
material described by Wilce is that the Brasside alga never showed such marked indentation at the cross-walls of<br />
the filaments. <strong>The</strong> hairs (Fig. 3C) in particular. never showed the articulated appearance illustrated by Wilce,
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
54
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
Fig. 3 Pleurocladia lacustris<br />
55<br />
A. Part of a very young thallus.<br />
B. Appearance of the pseudoparenchymatous basal filaments in vertical view.<br />
C. Part of a relatively young thallus showing the development of vacuoles in the ·cells of the basal<br />
regions of long hairs (H).<br />
D. Detached vertical filaments showing the mode of branching, a sporangium (S) and the proximal<br />
part of a hair (H).<br />
E. Branched vertical filament bearing a sporangium sheathed by a "husk," the wall of an old<br />
discharged sporangium.<br />
F. Part of a very old thallus. <strong>The</strong> outer limit of calcification (X-X) approximately corresponds with<br />
distal ends of the second tier of cells; the basal tier is much more heavily calcified than .the second<br />
one, and the cell outlines are therefore distinguishable only with difficulty.<br />
<strong>The</strong> pattern of calcification shown by the Pleurocladia thalli from Brasside was striking. Young thalli quite lacked<br />
any calcification, while in old ones the parts of the filaments furthest from the leaf surface were also quite free<br />
(Fig.2). <strong>The</strong> calcification in the lower parts of the thallus occurred in distinct layers parallel to the surface. Old<br />
thalli typically showed two such layers, but occasionally three were present. Each layer corresponded<br />
approximately (but not exactly) with a layer of cells. <strong>The</strong> innermost layer was much more heavily calcified than<br />
the outer one(s).<br />
DISCUSSION<br />
<strong>The</strong> known world wide distribution of Pleurocladia lacustris has been summarized by Wilce (1966). <strong>The</strong>re are<br />
about two dozen sites for which it is known, and about half of these are freshwater. However, as WiIce points out,<br />
the plants are small and easily overlooked, so it is uncertain just how rare it really is. Of the freshwater forms, it<br />
would seem likely to prove the most useful for culture and general research purposes, so it is hoped that botanists<br />
will be on the look- out for this plant at other likely sites. Several features of its occurrence at Brasside resemble<br />
features described for other sites, so we can start to build up a picture of the type of site where it would seem<br />
particularly promising to look for this plant.<br />
Like the Brasside pond, the Baltic sites described by Waern (1962) are associated with shallow eutrophic lakes in<br />
clay districts. On the other hand, there seems to be no marked tendency for the plant to grow as an epiphyte on<br />
particular species, as a range of host plants have been quoted. Most, however, are monocotyledons with wide<br />
leaves, Phragmites being quoted most frequently. Most, if not all, the freshwater records are from calcareous<br />
waters. <strong>The</strong>re are obvious floristic similarities between the other plants present at the Brasside pond and those<br />
reported from the other sites. One minor one is the association with Rivulariaceae at Brasside (Gloeotrichia<br />
pisum) and at least four other sites in the literature. J. B. Petersen in Wesenberg-Lund (1917) described a<br />
freshwater popu!ation from Lake Furese on stones together with Rivularia. Both Israelsson (1938, In Lake Erken,<br />
Sweden) and Pankow et al. (1971, in Saaler Bodden, D.D.R.) report Pleurocladia, Rivularia and Gloeotrichia<br />
pisum. as all occurring on Phragmites, while, Wilce mentioned that in the marine population growing on a<br />
limestone shore the belt of Pleurocladia sometimes merged with the Calothrix belt.<br />
REFERENCES<br />
Bourrelly, P. (1968): Les Algues d'Eau Douce. Tome II: Les Algues jaunes et brunes. Chrysophycées,<br />
Phéophycées, Xanthophycées et Diatomées 438 pp. . N. Boubée & Cie, Paris.<br />
Fritsch, F. E. (1929): <strong>The</strong> encrusting algal communities of certain fast-flowing streams. New Phytol. 28; 165-196,
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
56<br />
Hamel, G. (1931-9): Phéophycées de France. 432 pp. Paris.<br />
Holmes, N. T. H., L1oyd, E.J.H., Potts, M. and Whitton, B. A. (<strong>1972</strong>): Plants of the River Tyne. <strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong><br />
Vol. 57: 56-78.<br />
Israelsson, G. (1938): Uber die Süsswasserphaeophyceén Schwedens. Bot. Not.: 113-128.<br />
Klebahn, H. (1895): Beobachtungen über Pleurocladia lacuslris A. Br. Ber. dt, bot. Ges. 8: 93-106.<br />
Maling, D. H. (1955): <strong>The</strong> Geomorphology of the Wear Valley. Ph.D <strong>The</strong>sis University of Durham.<br />
Pankow, H., Festerling, E. and Festerling, H. (1971): Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Algenflora der mecklenburgischen<br />
Kuste (südliche Ostsee : Lubecker- Bucht- Darss). Int. rev. ges. Hydrobiol. 56: 241 -263.<br />
Pascher, A. (1925): Phaeophyta (Phaeophyceae). Süsswasseflora Deutschlands, Osterreichs und der Schweiz, 2:<br />
119-133. Gustav Fischer, Jena.<br />
Waern, M. (1952): Rocky-shore Algae in the Oregrund Archipelago. Acta Phytageog, Suecica 30: 129- 136.<br />
Wesenberg-Lund, C. (1917): Furesøstudier. D. Kongel. Dank e Vid. Selsk. Skr. Nat, - Mathem. sect., Ser, 8.3.<br />
Københaven, Denmark.<br />
Wilce, R. T. (1966): Pleuorocladia lacustris in Arctic America J. Phycol, 2: 57-66.<br />
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS<br />
We are most grateful to Mr. G. Whitfield, the owner of the pond, for permission to visit the site, to Dr. J. C.<br />
Coulson, Mr. M. J. Hudson and Mr. J. Richardson for historical information concerning Brasside ponds, and to<br />
Mrs. J. A. Moore for confirming that no material of this alga (freshwater or marine) from Britain, has been<br />
previously deposited at the British Museum (Natural History).<br />
AVAILABILITY OF MATERIAL<br />
It is suggested that anyone wishing to visit the large pond at Brasside for research purposes should first contact<br />
one of the authors at the Department of Botany, Durham University. Material from this site will be deposited in<br />
the Herbarium of the British Museum (Natural History).<br />
PLANTS OF THE RIVER TYNE AND FUTURE WATER TRANSFER SCHEME<br />
N. T. H. HOLMES, E. J. H. LLOYD, M. POTTS and B. A. WHITTON<br />
Department of Botany, University of Durham, Durham City<br />
Few rivers in Britain have been studied in sufficient detail for the effects on their vegetation of any future changes<br />
in management either to be forecast or monitored as they occur. Nevertheless inspection by the authors of various<br />
rivers in South-East Scotland and North-East England has shown that there are sometimes considerable floristic<br />
differences when passing from one river to the next. So any future changes in management, such as the mixing of<br />
different river waters, may well be expected to bring about floristic changes in the rivers cocerned.<br />
It is at present far from clear to what extent these floristic differences occurr-ing between rivers in<br />
the region, or on passing down individual ones, are associated with differences in physical, chemical or historical<br />
factors. <strong>The</strong> changes in macrophyte flora on passing down the Wear (Whitton & Buckmaster, 1970) are certainly<br />
in part due to decreased flow rates and associated changes in the sub- stratum. Nevertheless the entry of the<br />
Skerne into the Tees, which causes a marked chemical, but little physical, change in the latter river, brings about a
57<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
dramatic change in the macrophyte vegetation (Butcher et al., 1937; Whitton & Dalpra 1968). <strong>The</strong> Influence of<br />
the past history of a river on its vegetation is difficult to determine without accurate surveys at long time intervals.<br />
However, obvious changes certainly can take place. For instance, since the survey of the Wearr in 1966 (Whitton<br />
& Buckmaster, 1970), there has been an apparent invasion and certainly a very marked spread, of Ranunculus<br />
penicillatus var. calcareus in some of the lower non-tidal reaches.<br />
<strong>The</strong> stretches of the N. Tyne and Tyne described here have not undergone any obvious major<br />
change in recent years, such as has occurred in the Wear associated with the reduction of the coal industry. <strong>The</strong><br />
present paper describes some aspects of the present vegetation of the North Tyne and Tyne, and considers the<br />
possible influence the building of a Kielder Water regulatory reservoir might have on these. Some Implications of<br />
transporting water from these rivers to the Wear are also discussed.<br />
MATERIALS AND METHODS<br />
Water analysis<br />
Water from the river was immediately filtered through a No. 2 'Sinta' glass funnel into various types of container:<br />
for cations, Cl and Si into a 'Pyrex' glass bottle; for NH4-N, NO2-N and NO3-N into an untreated polythene bottle;<br />
for PO4-P into an idoized polythene bottle. <strong>The</strong> samples were stored prior to analysis at as Iow a temperature as<br />
possible without actually freezing them.<br />
Laboratory analytical methods were as follows .: Atomic absorption spectrescopy (Perkin-Elmer 403) was used<br />
for all cations. Methods recommended by the American Public Health Association (1971) were used for: Si<br />
(hetero-poly blue); Cl (argentometric titration); NH4-N (distillation and nesslerization); PO4-P (stannous chloride).<br />
<strong>The</strong> method of Crosby (1967) was used for N02-N and of Hammond (1959) for NO3-N.<br />
Survey of plants<br />
<strong>The</strong> basic survey was carried out by recording the presence or absence of macrophytic species<br />
along 0.5 km lengths of river, as described for the Wear by Whitton and Buckrnaster (1970). <strong>The</strong> range of species<br />
included here was however greater than was used for the Wear.<br />
It is now clear to the authors that a reliable and reproducible survey of aquatic plants requires both<br />
considerable time and much previous field experience. <strong>The</strong> account for the Wear was certainly an underestimate<br />
of the species of bryophyte present in the upper stretch. Records of flowering; plants in rivers of N.E. England<br />
given in the Atlas of the British Flora are also a marked underestimate. <strong>The</strong> data presented here for at least the<br />
larger species in the N. Tyne are probably as reliable as can be obtained without some very intensive mapping<br />
scheme, but those for the Tyne are probably a slight underestimate. Details of the reliability of particular<br />
observations are included with the results.<br />
Distances along rivers<br />
All sites along the rivers are referred to as distances following the main current from fixed reference points.<br />
Distances in the Tyne are measured downstream from the junction of the N. Tyne and S. Tyne and in the Wear<br />
from the confluence of Killhope, Burn and Burnhops Burn. Sites along tributaries. of these main fivers are<br />
referred to as distances upstream from these reference points. Thus downstream sites on the N. Tyne have low<br />
values. A single value (e.g. km 7.4) in either the main river or a tributary, refers either to a particular site, or to<br />
anywhere between km 7.4 and 7.5. Km 7.0/7.5 indicates all relevant data from that particular 0.5 km length of<br />
main river, while 7.5/7.0 is used in the case of a tributary. Full records of the km location of sites are held at<br />
Durham University; the following are a few examples.<br />
N. Tyne Barrasford Ferry, km -9.4; Chollerford roundabout, km -5/7.<br />
Tyne Hexham Bridge, 2.8; Corbridge Bridge, 9.1, Bywell Bridge 17.7; Ovingham Bridge, 21.9; Wylarn Bridge,<br />
25.8, Ryton Ferry, 29.6
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
58<br />
Fig. 1A Map of the River North Tyne and non-tidal reaches of the River Tyne showing main tributaries, distances<br />
along flow, important (<strong>1972</strong>) sewage effluents (indicated by arrows), and site of projected Kielder Water<br />
reservoir.<br />
Fig. 1B (insert) Schematic map summarizing projected water transfer scheme.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
59<br />
GEOGRAPHICAL BACKGROUND<br />
<strong>The</strong> following notes are intended only as a brief introduction to the Tyne and its tributaries and to some of the<br />
more easily available literature about the region. <strong>The</strong> best starting point for anyone interested In the rivers is the<br />
1971 Annual report of the Northumbrian River Authority. (N.R.A.).<br />
<strong>The</strong> Tyne is formed by the junction of two relatively long and very roughly equal tributaries, the<br />
N. Tyne and S. Tyne. It then runs about 58 km before entry into the North Sea. It is tidal up to km 28 (from<br />
junction of tributaries). <strong>The</strong> present survey was carried downstream as far as km 30, which corresponds roughly<br />
with the lower limit given by the N.R.A. (1971) to the river as chemical class 1 (clean). Below this the river<br />
changes rapidly through classes 2 and 3 to 4 (grossly polluted), just above the entry of the Derwent (km 36.3).<br />
<strong>The</strong> long term average rainfall of the Tyne and its tributaries is 973.8 mm (N R A 1971), slightly higher than for<br />
either the Wear or the Tees. In the extreme upland parts of the catchment area it probably approaches twice this<br />
value (for instance, see Smith, 1970). Like both the Wear and the Tees, the North Tyne, Tyne and S. Tyne are<br />
subject to very marked changes in volume of flow, and these changes can sometimes be very rapid. At the Tyne<br />
gauging station (Bywell: km 24.0), the average flow for 1966/70 was. 38.19 cumecs, while flows on individual<br />
days during 1969/70 alone ranged from 3.31 to 729 cumecs.<br />
<strong>The</strong> length of N. Tyne dealt with in Table II is mostly fast-flowing, with variable substrate ranging<br />
from sheets of rock through boulders to gravel and sand and locally, even mud. <strong>The</strong> rate of flow in the Tyne is<br />
mostly considerably slower, as indicated by the fall in height of the river in successive 10 km lengths (Fig. 2). A<br />
simple guide to the geology of the whole region is given by Hickling and Robertson (1949), while useful<br />
references are included In Johnson (1970).<br />
Among effluents influencing the chemistry of the N. Tyne are discharges from the Forestry<br />
Commission above Bellingharn, effluents mostly derived from treatment of domestic sewage at Bellingham and<br />
Wark and several minor effluents in the lowest most 10 km summarized in the account of Leptodictyum riparium<br />
(see below). Large sewage works effluents entering the Tyne include Hexham (km 4.1), Broomhaugh (from<br />
Corbridge and Riding Mill: km 14.6) and Prudhoe (km 22.6).<br />
<strong>The</strong> projected scheme for the Kielder Water reservoir on the N. Tyne includes both regulation of<br />
flows in the N. Tyne and Tyne and abstraction of water from the Tyne at about km 13.9. This water would be<br />
transferred southwards part entering the Wear under low-flow conditions at about km 17.6, and part entering the<br />
Tees (FIg. 1B). Even if this water transfer scheme does take place it is still uncertain whether it will also include<br />
the Yorkshire Ouse.<br />
RESULTS: WATER CHEMISTRY<br />
<strong>The</strong> data available on the water chemistry of the N. Tyne, S. Tyne, Tyne and Wear are now considerable, but too<br />
fragmentary for rigorous review or prediction of the effects of mixing. <strong>The</strong> account below consists of a summary<br />
of the types of data available, followed by simple comments on obvious features of the present chemistry,<br />
including comparison of the Tyne and Wear at the probable sites of abstraction and inflow (Fig. 1 B).<br />
Data available on non-tidal stretches of the N. Tyne, S. Tyne and Tyne<br />
1.Analyses carried out on N. Tyne (km -18.0) and Tyne (km 9.0) on four occasions during <strong>1972</strong> with low flow:<br />
Saturday 15 April, Sunday 14 May, Sunday 25 June, Monday 4 September. For: optical density at 420 nrn,<br />
conductivity, pH, Na, K, Mg, Ca, Zn, Cu, Mn, Fe, AI, Pb, Cl, Si.<br />
2.Analyses carried out on N. Tyne (km -12.6, km -0.2), S. Tyne (km -0.3) and Tyne (km 0.2, 2.5, 9.0,<br />
18.7,24.3,25.9,29.0) on Monday 4 September and Sunday 17 September. For: optical density at 420 nm,<br />
conductivity, pH, Na. K, Mg, Ca, Zn, Cu, Mn, Fe, AI, Pb, Co, Ni, Cl, Si, PO4-P, NH,-N, N02-N, NO3-N.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
60<br />
3.Analyses reported in Northumbrian River Authority annual reports On N. Tyne (Chollerford Bridge =km -5.7),<br />
S. Tyne (Warden Bridge == km 0,7), Tyne . (Hexham =2.8, Wylam = km 25.8) at monthly intervals and for pH, total<br />
Solids, hardness, Cl, NH4-N, N02-N, N03-N, B.O.D.<br />
4. Various unpublished data held at Durham University.<br />
Data available on non-tidal stretches of Wear and tributaries<br />
Analyses carried out on similar dates and for same elements as in (1) above for many tributaries of Wear.<br />
Data reported by Snow and Whitton (1971).<br />
Analyses reported in Northumbrian River Authority annual reports on Wear (West Mills Dam=km 41.9,<br />
Willington = km 51.0, Sunderland Bridge = km 58.3, Shincliffe == km 65.5, Cocken Bridge == km 80.7, Lamb<br />
Bridge = km 92.1) and 8 tributary sites at monthly intervals, for pH, total solids, hardness, Cl, PO4,-P, NH4-N,<br />
N02-N, N03-N, B.O.D.<br />
Unpublished data held at Durham University and by Sunderland and South Shields Water Co., mostly concerning<br />
km 58.3 to km 90.0.<br />
Summary and interpretation of data<br />
<strong>The</strong> results of the main survey (17 September <strong>1972</strong>) are given in full in Table I, together with three representatives<br />
results from that of 4 September <strong>1972</strong>, and the mean values from the four surveys under low flow conditions (see<br />
above).<br />
From the various results available, it is suggested that the main survey gives a fairly representative picture of the<br />
chemistry of the rivers under low flow conditions, with the exceptions that the levels of K were rather high and<br />
those of inorganic combined nitrogen very low. Both the values found on the 4 September survey and those given<br />
by the Northumbrian River Authority indicate that levels of NH4-N and N03-N arc very variable. <strong>The</strong> levels of<br />
NH4-N recorded on 4 September are higher than any recorded during River Authority surveys.<br />
From all the various results available, it is also possible to compare the present chemistry of the Tyne above the<br />
probable abstraction site with that of the Wear at the inflow site. <strong>The</strong> two waters do in fact appear rather similar.<br />
Under low flow conditions the Tyne typically has the following characteristics in comparison with the Wear (the<br />
observations concerning combined nitrogen levels should in particular be treated only as tentative):<br />
similar conductivity, O.D.420, pH, Na, K, Ca, Cu, Fe, Si, N02-N, N03-N.<br />
slightly greater Mg, AI, Cl, PO4-P, NH4-N.<br />
slightly less Mn.<br />
much less Zn, Pb,<br />
It is of course much more difficult to predict what the chemistry of the Tyne might be when its flow includes<br />
regulatory water from a Kielder Water reservoir. Under otherwise low flow conditions of the Tyne, the reservoir<br />
water might be expected to lead to a higher O.D-420 value and possibly also at times Iow Si values, should<br />
planktonic diatom populations develop. Further, the regulatory water would lead to dilution of elements primarily<br />
derived from sewage outflows, in particular PO4-P. <strong>The</strong> biological implications of the mixing of these waters are<br />
discussed later.<br />
RESULTS - PLANT SURVEY<br />
<strong>The</strong> following surveys were carried out:<br />
1.Very thorough survey of N. Tyne in September <strong>1972</strong>, Summarized in Table II.<br />
2.Preliminary survey of the Tyne in July 1970.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
61
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
62
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
63
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
64
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
65
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
66<br />
3.Survey of the Tyne in August-September <strong>1972</strong>. Some indication of the representation of each plant per 10 km<br />
length is given In Fig. 3; the detailed records for each 0.5 km length is given in Fig. 3; the detailed records for 0.5<br />
km lengths are held by the authors.<br />
Further information concerning each plant is summarized below in the following format:<br />
i. Taxonomic and morphological notes.<br />
ii. Behaviour in N. Tyne (in September <strong>1972</strong>).<br />
iii. Behaviour in Tyne (in September <strong>1972</strong>, unless stated otherwise).<br />
iv. Comparative observations in other rivers.<br />
<strong>The</strong> numbers associated with each species refer to Durham computer records.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
67
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
68
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
69
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
70<br />
ALGAE<br />
54 Nostoc sp.<br />
(i) Provisionally referred to N. verrucosum Vauch., and morphologically showing some resemblance to smaller<br />
colonies of Collema sp. (see below), but lacking fungal hyphae.<br />
(ii) Rare: on rocks usually permanently submerged, in moderate flows.<br />
(iii) No records.<br />
Phormidium spp. Forming extensive black slimy mats, especially on rocks in slow-flowing reaches, but also<br />
sometimes smothering flowering plants like Elodea,<br />
(ii) <strong>The</strong> data given in Table II refer only to macroscopically very obvious coverings of blue-green alga.<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
108 Hildenbrandia rivularis (Liebrn.) J. Ag.<br />
(ii) Occasional, mostly in shaded reaches in medium to moderately fast flows; on rocks, and once also on a piece<br />
of china.<br />
(iii) Occasional, but rather less common than in the N. Tyne, and probably absent further downstream. .<br />
'.<br />
109 Lemanea fluviatilis (L.) Ag.<br />
(ii) As the season of survey was the one when this alga is least evident data given in Table II are no doubt a<br />
marked underestimate. It is probably present in late winter in all fast-flowing stretches on more or less<br />
permanently submerged, rock slabs and boulders.<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
118 Chantransia.<br />
(i) Brown tufts of filamentous chantransia were probably mostly Rhodocorton violaceum Kütz. but may also have<br />
included some Lemanea fluviatilis.<br />
(ii) Occasional, on rocks or, more commonly, on the stems of Eurrhynchium riparioides, in very fast-flowing<br />
stretches.<br />
(iii) Occasional, in similar habitats as in N. Tyne.<br />
174 Vaucheria sessilis Vauch.<br />
(ii) Occasional, locally frequent.<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
264 Cladophora glomerata<br />
(ii) Frequent, locally abundant in fast flowing stretches: in slow stretches rare, often covered in epiphytic diatoms.<br />
(iii) Frequent.<br />
Oedogonium sp(p).<br />
(ii) Macroscopically obvious growths frequent, either attached or loose.<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
324 Tetraspora lubrica (Roth.) C. Ag.<br />
(ii) Occasional, absent from very fast-flowing stretches.<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
Spirogyra sp(p).<br />
(ii) Macroscopically obvious growths, mostly not attached.<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
LICHENS<br />
427 Collema sp.<br />
(i) Young plants somewhat resemble Nostoc verrucosum (see above); older ones form large circular colonies<br />
reaching 130 mm diameter.<br />
(ii) Occasional, locally abundant; on upper rock surfaces which are relatively shallow in the water, but<br />
nevertheless nearly always submerged.<br />
440 Verrucaria sp(p).<br />
(ii) Frequent.<br />
(iii) Occasional.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
71<br />
HETEROTROPHS<br />
"sewage-fungus."<br />
(ii) Found only below outflow at km -2.7.<br />
(iii) Found In small amounts below several outflows.<br />
BRYOPHYTES<br />
471 Acrocladium cIuspidatum (Hedw.) Lindb.<br />
(ii) Foundd on the banks at levels subject to only periodic submergence. Growing at the bases of higher plants,<br />
together with other bryophytes. such as Bryum pseudotriquetrum, Conocephalum conicum, Gratonueron filicinum<br />
and Marchantia polymorpha.<br />
iii) Rather similar to (ii),. although less common.<br />
573 Amphidium mougeotii (B. & S.) Schirnp,<br />
ii) <strong>The</strong> sites were all rather similar: wet rocks below waterfalls in fast-flowing stretches Forming tight cushions,<br />
with adjacent species typically including Barbula recurvirostra. Cinclidotus fontinaloides, Dichodontium<br />
peIIucidum, Grimmia alpicola.<br />
(iii) Absent.<br />
477 Barbula recurvirostra (Hedw.) Dix.<br />
(ii) In soil filled crevices In large boulders at the 2 stretches where present.<br />
(iii) No records.<br />
481 Brachythecium plumosum (Hedw.) B. S. & G.<br />
(ii) Forming dense mats on boulders only occasionally submerged, and absent from levels permanently<br />
submerged, also present near high water level on loose sand. Not only more records than for B. rivulare, but when<br />
present together relatively more abundant (especially in km -9.5/9.0).<br />
482 Brachythecium rivulare B. S. & G.<br />
(ii) Usually on sand and pebbles at the sides of the river rather than on boulders nearer the middle.<br />
(iii) Common at the edge of the river. <strong>The</strong> differences in the relative development of B. plumosum and B. rivulare<br />
in the Tyne as compared with the N. Tyne are probable associated with the relatively greater areas of sand and<br />
shingle at the sides of the Tyne.<br />
484 Bryum pallens Swartz.<br />
(i) Easily confused in the field with B. pseudotriquetrum in most cases, however, it can be distinguished by its<br />
reddish tint and slightly smaller size.<br />
(ii) wet rock detritus at the sides of the river.<br />
(iii) No records.<br />
485 Bryum pseudotriquetrum (Hedw.) Schwaegr.<br />
(i) See notes for B. pallens,<br />
(ii) Somewhat more common than B. pallens, growing on moist sandy shingle at the edge of the river, sometimes<br />
together with Brachythecium rivulare.<br />
(iii) Frequently associated with Brachythecium rivulare, but decreasing in abundance on passing downstream<br />
more rapidly than the latter.<br />
493 Chiloscyphus polyanthos (L.) Corda.<br />
(ii) Frequent .on the banks, often forming large areas of light green colouration; typically growing around tree<br />
roots on very loose loamy soil, rather than on clay.<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
495 Cinclidotus fontinaloides (Hedw.) P. Beauv.<br />
(ii) Almost restricted to levels subject to periodic desiccation although tolerant of strong currents when submerged;<br />
especially abundant on the upper surfaces of large boulders In the middle of the river, but well exposed at low flows.<br />
Sometimes found with the much less frequent Grimmia alpicola. the only other species associated especially with this<br />
particular microhabitat.<br />
(iii) Much less common than In. N. Tyne, presumably due to having few protruding large rocks.<br />
496 Conocephalum conicum (L.) Underw,
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
72<br />
(ii) Frequent, on wet rocks and soil, especially heavy clay, with a preference for vertical shaded surfaces where it<br />
was sometimes the onlv bryophyte. Associated species were often Marchantia polymorpha in the somewhat<br />
better illuminated sites and Dichodontium pellucidum and Mnium hornurn in the more shaded ones.<br />
(iii) Occasional, as in N. Tyne.<br />
497 Cratoneuron commutatum (Hedw.) Roth.<br />
(ii) Present at only one site (km -6.7 by left bank) where a 30 m long wall of bryophytes is formed against a bank<br />
receiving constant trickles of water.<br />
499 Cratoneuron filicinum (Hedw.) Spruce.<br />
(ii) Usually on sandy gravel at the edge of the river, rarely on a boulder; also at levels only infrequently submerged.<br />
(iii) Frequent; in similar habitats to those in N. Tyne.<br />
570 Dichodontium pellucidum (Hedw.) Schirnp.<br />
(i) As is generally found with this species, material was very variable, ranging from the typical form to ones<br />
corresponding to, var, flavescens (Turn.) C. Jens., the latter being the more common.<br />
(ii) <strong>The</strong> type was occasional on rocks and soil; while var flavescens was frequent on rock; the former was usually<br />
mixed with other species, while the latter formed almost monospecific cushions.<br />
(iii) Present, but probably less frequent than in the N. Tyne, especially in the case of var. flavescens.<br />
510 Eurhynchium riparioides (Hedw.) Rich.<br />
(ii) Often abundant, especially at sites where the flow was fastest; in km -7.0-6.0, where the river is deep and<br />
relatively slow-flowing, the moss was represented only by occasional, very small, plants, mostly growing on the<br />
few small boulders at the edge of the river:<br />
(iii) Abundant wherever rock sheets and boulders are submerged for the majority, of the time, and especially,<br />
fast-flowing stretches.<br />
511 Fissidens adianthoides Hedw.<br />
(ii) Occasional, mostly On damp soil at the edge of the river, though sometimes also on submerged rocks.<br />
(iii) Rare.<br />
512 Fissidens crassipes Wils: ex B. S & G.<br />
(i) some material from the N. Tyne approached F. rufulus B, & S. in certain features: reddish colour, small cell<br />
size.<br />
(ii) Locally frequent, always on rock, never on soil, not overlying a boulder; submerged except during periods of<br />
exceptionally low flow; the micro-habitats where it occurred in greatest abundance were the vertical faces of<br />
boulders exposed to only a moderate current, and on large boulders in slow reaches carrying (temporarily) a thin<br />
layer of mud.<br />
(iii) Rather less frequent than in the N. Tyne.<br />
(iv) <strong>The</strong> combined distribution of this moss in N. Tyne and Tyne appears to contrast with that in the Wear where it<br />
was reported to be most abundant in the lower reaches (Whitton: & Buckmaster; J970).<br />
513 Fontinalis antipyretica Hedw. (Details of var. gracilis given separately).<br />
(ii) Frequent, locally abundant in. the slower flowing stretches; present in faster stretches, but never in rapids.<br />
Under optimum conditions, plants reached, 0.5 m long.<br />
(iii) Rather less abundant below the confluence with the S. Tyne than in the N. Tyne, but becoming as abundant as<br />
in the latter by about km 7.0:<br />
514 var. gracilis (Brid.) Brith.<br />
(i) This is a small, redd!sh black form (? subspecies) of F. antipyretica.<br />
(ii) Single plants found in each of two 0.5 km lengths, in both cases at very fast flowing sites.<br />
(iii) No records.<br />
(iv) A record for this variety has now also been found in the Wear (Finchale, km 78.0, August <strong>1972</strong>.)<br />
515 Grimmia alpicola Hedw. var rivularis (Brid.) Broth.<br />
(ii) Occasional, locally abundant; in habitats rather similar to Cinclidotus fontinaloides, but usually slightly<br />
higher up.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
73<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
520 Hygroamblystegium fluviatile (Hedw.) B, S. & G,<br />
(ii) Frequent, both on sandy areas at the edge of the river only submerged intermittently and on rocks usualIy or<br />
permanently submerged In the main current; it was nevertheless absent from rocks subject to the most rapid<br />
currents, and generally present at a level higher than that most favoured by Eurhynchium riparioides.<br />
(iii) Very abundant, probably more so than any other bryophyte.<br />
522 Hygrohypnum luridum (Hedw.) Jenn.<br />
ii) Most frequent in fast-flowing stretches, on rocks, and quite absent from km -6.5/6.0 where the river is deep and<br />
slow-flowing. Usually submerged, but tending to grow at a level just above that most favoured by Eurhynchinm<br />
riparioides,<br />
(iii) Occasional much less common than in the N. Tyne.<br />
(iv) This species, not reported by Whitton and Buckmaster (1970), is in fact frequent in the upper stretches of the<br />
Wear.<br />
574 Hygrohypnum ochraceurn (Turn. ex. Wils.) Loeske.<br />
(ii) Rare, much less common than H. luridum, and much more restricted to rapids.<br />
iii) No records.<br />
(iv) No records for Wear, but present in several tributaries; for instance, it is locally abundant In the lower<br />
stretches of Rookhope Burn.<br />
526 Leotodictyum riparium (Hedw.) Loeske.<br />
(ii) Present only below certain sewage outflows at km -7.4 for about 75m below small stream entering on right;<br />
at km -7.2, for about 75m below entry of Evring Burn; at km -2.7, for 25m below sewage outflow entering on<br />
left; at km 0.3, near left bank.<br />
(iii) Frequent, especially below Prudhoe sewage outflow (km 22.6); usually at level subject only to intermittent<br />
submergence, though sometimes growing at permanently submerged level.<br />
529 Marchantia polyrnorpha L.<br />
(ii) Frequent on moist soil on banks just below and above high water level, often associated with Lunularia<br />
cruciata.<br />
(iii) Abundant.<br />
533 Mnium longirostrum Brid.<br />
(i) Often difficult in field to separate from young M. punctatum,<br />
(ii) Occasional, in shaded areas near upper river level, on sand lying between boulders.<br />
(iii) As in N. Tyne.<br />
542 Pellia endiviifolia Dicks,<br />
(ii) Frequent: much more common than P. epiphylla, which, when present, often grows associated with the P.<br />
endiviifolia.<br />
(Ill) Frequent as in N. Tyne.<br />
543 P. epiphylla (L.) Corda.<br />
(ii) Occasional see above. Favoured especially heavy compacted soils and walls m shaded areas, usually growing<br />
together with small plants of Dicliodontium pellucidum<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
544 Philonotis calcarea (B. & S.) Schirnp.<br />
(ii) Km -7.0/6.5: on calcareous rock ledge, associated with Bryum pseudotriquetrum, Cratoneuron<br />
commutatum, C. filicinum and other bryophytes. Km -3.0/2.5. on a raised mound, associated with Bryum<br />
pseudotriquetrum.<br />
(iii) No records.<br />
559 Scapania unduluta (L.) Dum<br />
(ii) Only single plants present for each of the two records; these were associated with sand sized particles<br />
In hollows on boulders above the water level at time of survey and presumably had been deposited there from<br />
upstream sites.<br />
9iii) No records .<br />
563 Solenostoma triste (Nees) K. Müll.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
74<br />
(ii) Occasional, on gravel and sand near the edge of the river, sometimes also forming straggly patches on damp<br />
rocks.<br />
(iii) Rare.<br />
566 Thamnium alopecurum (Hedw.) B., S. & G.<br />
(ii) Occasional; confined to vertical wet rocks, usually quite well shaded.<br />
(iii) Rare.<br />
567 Torlella tortuosa (Hedw.) f. Limpr.<br />
(i) Easily confused in the field with large growths of Dichodontium pellucidum var. flavescens. However the<br />
cushions of Tortella tortuosa were generally much denser, and the leaves slightly larger and more tightly packed<br />
together along the stem.<br />
(ii) Rare, forming small clusters on boulders near high water level.<br />
(iii) No records.<br />
ANGIOSPERMS<br />
606 Callitriche intermedia Hoffm. ssp, hamulata (Kutz.) Clapham.<br />
(ii) A single plant at km -8.7, rooted in a crack at right angles to flow between rock pavements. Not recorded for<br />
this region in the Atlas of the British Flora.<br />
(iii) No records, and almost certainly absent.<br />
608 C. stagnalis Scop,<br />
(ii) Rare.<br />
(iii) Occasional; locally common in slow, sandy, but fairly shallow stretches.<br />
613 Carex nigra (L.) Reichard.<br />
(ii) A single clump.<br />
(iii) Present at km 8.3, right bank.<br />
690 C. rostrata Stokes.<br />
(ii) Restricted to a slow-flowing, deep stretch between km -5.0 and km -3.0 where locally frequent.<br />
(iii) Similar habitat as in N. Tyne.<br />
(iv) Also present in Wear (e.g. km 54.0), though probably not anywhere upstream of projected site for inflow of<br />
Tyne water.<br />
617 Eleocharis palustris (L.) Roem. & Sehult.<br />
(ii) Rare.<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
619 Elodea canadensis Michx.<br />
(ii) Occasional.<br />
(iii) Ocasional, though more common than in N. Tyne; restricted to slow-flowing, muddy reaches.<br />
620 Equisetum fluviatile L.<br />
(ii) Occasional.<br />
(iii) Occasional, but less common than N. Tyne.<br />
622 Glyceria fluitans (L.) R. Br.<br />
(ii) Occasional, mostly on a muddy substratum at mid and upper river level.<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
686 Iris pseudacorus L.<br />
(ii) One plant, at km -9.6.<br />
(iii) One record, at km 8.1.<br />
687 Juncus acutiflorus Hoffm.<br />
(ii) Occasional, .in mud near the edge of the river, together with Equisetum fluviatile and Mentha aquatica.<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
688 Mentha aquatica L.<br />
(ii) Occasional among either pebbles or fine silt.<br />
(iii) Occcasional.<br />
628 Mimilus guttatus DC.<br />
(ii) Occasional.<br />
(iii) Frequent.<br />
630 Myosotis palustrts L.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
75<br />
(ii) Frequent especially from km -8.5 to km -6.5.<br />
(iii) Frequent<br />
632 Myriophyllum alterniflorum L.<br />
(ii) Widespread, but usually represented by only a few plants. <strong>The</strong>re are no records for this plant in the North<br />
Tyne, in the Atlas of the British Flora, the only one for the Tyne system being in the South Tyne.<br />
(iii) A single unhealthy specimen at km 8.7<br />
689 Phalaris arundinacea L.<br />
(ii) Frequent.<br />
(iii) Frequent.<br />
638 P. berchtoldii Fleb.<br />
(ii) Not recorded during survey. However G. A. Swan (personal communication) colIected material (confirmed by J.<br />
E. Dandy) from the N. Tyne near Acornb on 3 September, <strong>1972</strong>.<br />
639 Potamogeton crispus L.<br />
(ii) Occasional: .locally frequent in km -6.0/5.5 and km -2.5/.2.0 near km -2.2 where the river is slow-flowing<br />
and deep, abundant and growing together with Elodea canadensis and Zannichellia palustris.<br />
(iii) Occasional, locally abundant.<br />
643 P natans L.<br />
(ii) Present only at -km 8.8 in a very slow-flowing reach with a substratum of black mud growing together with<br />
Callitricha stagnalis, Elodea canadensls, Myriophyllum altemiflorum and Potamogeton crispus.<br />
(iii) Locally abundant in slow-flowing reaches overlying black mud, especially by left bank km 8.0/9.0.<br />
644 P. x nitens Weber.<br />
(ii) Absent.<br />
(iii) Occasional. Locally abundant.<br />
649 P. pusillus L.<br />
(ii) Rare. <strong>The</strong>se are the first records of this species for the N. Tyne.<br />
(iii) A plant found in Tyne was referred provisionally to this species, but not confirmed by J. E. Dandy.<br />
654 Ranunculus hederaceus L.<br />
(ii) No records.<br />
(iii) A single plant at km 20.8, by left bank. Not recorded in the Atlas.<br />
658 R. penincillatus (Dumort.) Bab. var. calcareus (R. W. Butcher) C. D. K. Cook.<br />
(ii) 14 plants present in the whole 10 km stretch.<br />
(iii) Abundant.<br />
664 Rorippa nasturtium-aquaticum (L.) Hayek<br />
(ii) Occasional, on mud in shallow reaches.<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
674 Sparganium erectum. L.<br />
(ii) Occasional.<br />
(iii) Occasional: less common than in N. Tyne.<br />
(iv) <strong>The</strong> rather sparse development of this species on the Tyne contrasts with its frequency in the mid to lower<br />
stretches of the Wear.<br />
680 Veronica beccabunga L.<br />
(ii) Occasional.<br />
(iii) Occasional.<br />
682 Zannichellia palustris L<br />
.(ii) Rare<br />
(iii) No records in <strong>1972</strong>.<br />
DISCUSSION<br />
Comparison with other rivers<br />
Some comparative observations have already been given with the individual species. A few plants have not so far<br />
been found which might possibly have been expected.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
76<br />
1. Heribaudiella fluviatilis (Aresch.) Sved. is frequent in some stretches of the R. Tweed and its tributaries, where<br />
substrate, flow conditions, and in at least one case water chemistry, would seem rather similar to that in the N.<br />
Tyne.<br />
2. From its known distribution in the Tweed and tributaries, Wear and Tees it would seem possible that<br />
Enteromorpha flexuosa might be occasional in the N Tyne and frequent in the Tyne. It is apparently absent in<br />
both at the moment and it will be interesting to observe whether this species does eventually invade these rivers.<br />
3. <strong>The</strong>re are several species of flowering plant which are apparently absent though from their known distribution<br />
in other local rivers might also have been expected to be present. Ranunculus fluitans might have been expected in<br />
either the N. Tyne or the upper Tyne, Potamogeton perfoliatus in the middle and lower non-tidal Tyne, and P.<br />
pectinatus in at least a few fast-flowing stretches of the lower non-tidal Tyne. P. x nitens occupies a rather similar<br />
habitat in the Tyne to that occupied by P. perfoliatus in the Wear (Whitton & Buckmaster, 1970).<br />
Influence of projected reservoir on plants of N. Tyne and Tyne<br />
It seems probable that any effect of the Kielder Water reservoir on the macrophytes of the N. Tyne and Tyne will<br />
be largely due to hydrological, and not chemical, changes. Regulation of flow in the N. Tyne may be expected to<br />
increase the area of river which is never desiccated, reduce the effects of damage in winter due to removal by icesheets<br />
formed under low flow conditions, and to reduce the scouring effects of flash, floods. Due to the mixing.<br />
with the S. Tyne, the effects would be less in the Tyne, but raising of minimum flow levels encountered in<br />
summer may be expected still to have some influence. For all three reasons suggested, regulation of flow is likely<br />
to lead to an increase in the total macrophytic vegetation in the N. Tyne, although some individual species may<br />
decrease. <strong>The</strong> following is a summary of the changes which seem probable for the species of Table II, based on<br />
the known behaviour of each in relation to fluctuating flow rates and water levels. If the reservoir is in fact built,<br />
the actual changes observed will no doubt differ somewhat due to the influence of com-petition between species.<br />
Increase<br />
Lemanea Iluvioulis, Cladophora glomerata, Acrocladiam cuspidatum, Eurhychium riparioides, Fontinalis<br />
antipyretica, Hygroamblystegium fluviatile, Callitriche intermed!a, C. stagnalis, Carex rostrum, Eleocharis<br />
palustris, Elodea canadensls, Myriophyllum alterniflorum, Phalaris arundinacea, Potamogeton crispus, P.<br />
natans, P. pusillus, Ranunculus penicillatus var. calcareus, Sparganium erecturn, Zannlichellia palustris.<br />
Decrease<br />
Vancheria sessilis, Oedogonium sp(p)., Tetraspora lubrica, Spirogyra sp(p)., Bracythecium plumosum. B.<br />
rivulare, Cinclidotus fontinaloides, Conocephalum conicum, Cratoneuron filicinum, Dichodontium pellucidum,<br />
Grimmia alpicola, Hygrohypnum luridum, Marchantia polymorpha, Pellia epiphylla, P. endiviijolia, Mentha<br />
aquatica, Mimulus guttatus, Myosotis palustris, Veronica beccabunga.<br />
For those species of Table II not specifically mentioned, it seems probable that no marked change in abundance<br />
will occur.<br />
Influence of Tyne water on Wear<br />
I. Addition of species, <strong>The</strong> following species are known to be present in the Tyne above the projected site for<br />
abstraction, but are almost certainly absent in the Wear: Nostoc ? verrucosum Hildenbrandia rivularis, Collema<br />
sp., Myriophyllum alterniflorum, Potamogeton x nitens, P. pusillus, Tetraspora lubrica.<br />
As the S. Tyne has so far not been surveyed, it is possible that other such species may occur above the abstraction<br />
site. <strong>The</strong> further species are also known to be present in the Tyne above the projected: site for abstraction, and,<br />
although present somewhere in the lower reaches of the Wear or its tributaries, are nevertheless
77<br />
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
absent for at least 10 km below the projected site for inflow of Tyne water: Fontinalis antipyretlca var: gracilis,.<br />
Leptodictyum riparium, Callitriche intermedia, C stagnalis, Eleocharis palustris, Potamogeton crispus, P.<br />
natans, Ranunculus penicillatus var. calcareus, Sparganium erectum, Zannichellia palustris.<br />
Raising of low flow. This is likely to lead to a moderate increase in the biomass of macrophytic vegetation. For<br />
those species represented, the probable changes are likely to be rather similar to those listed for the N. Tyne.<br />
Changes in water chemistry. As discussed earlier, the influence of Tyne water on the chemistry of the Wear is<br />
likely to be rather small. Of the possible effects, the only two which seem of potential significance for plant<br />
growths under low flow conditions are the decrease in zinc and probable slight Increase in phosphate levels.<br />
Under very low flows, zinc levels in the Wear are probably now approaching a level where they may be expected<br />
to inhibit the growth of certain organisms. It is perhaps of interest that Cladophora glornerata is frequent in the<br />
N. Tyne, but rare in the Wear above the entry of the Gaunless, since two of the main physiological characteristlcs<br />
of this species are its sensitivity to zinc pollution and the fact that its growth is markedly favoured by high<br />
phosphate levels (Whitton, 1970). It would seem reasonable to predict that transfer of Tyne water to the Wear is<br />
likely to lead to an increase of Cladophora which is visually obvious but not approaching a nuisance abundance.<br />
One minor difference between the present flora of the N. Tyne and that of the Wear may represent a clue to<br />
chemical differences between these rivers. <strong>The</strong> Nostoc? verrucosum and Collem sp. in the N. Tyne are almost<br />
certainly capable of fixing atmosphere nitrogen, while genera of blue-green algae which might be expected to fix<br />
nitrogen appear absent in the upper reaches of the Wear (B. A. W., unpublished). It therefore seems plausible that<br />
in the N. Tyne the ratio of combined nitrogen to phosphate may be relatively low in comparison with that in the<br />
Wear.<br />
SUMMARY<br />
An account is given of the larger algae, lichens, bryophytes and flowering plants in the lowermost 10 km of the N.<br />
Tyne and the uppermost 30 km of the Tyne. If the projected Kielder Water reservoir should be built and combined<br />
with a water transfer scheme to the Wear (and other rivers), then it seems probable that moderate increases in the<br />
biomass of these rnacrophytes will take place in all the rivers concerned. Further, the Wear will be subject to<br />
recurrent inoculation with several species which are at present absent from it. It is unlikely that any of these will<br />
approach a nuisance level, although growths of Cladophora glomerata will probably become much more obvious<br />
in stretches of the Wear where this alga is at present rare.<br />
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS<br />
<strong>The</strong> authors are most grateful to the following for various types of financial support: Natural Environment<br />
Research Council, Northumbrian River Authority, Sunderland and South Shields Water Co., Tweed River<br />
Purification Board. Thank; are also due to Mr. G. Robinson, who aided with a preliminary survey of the Tyne in<br />
1970, to Mr. T. Brett who carried out most of the atomic absorption measurements, to Rev. G. G. Graham who<br />
provided many helpful comments about the bryophytes, and to Mr. J. E. Dandy for confirming the identification of<br />
the species of Potarnogeton,<br />
REFERENCES<br />
Amercan Public Health Association (J 971): Standard Methods for the Examination Of Water and Wastewater,<br />
13th Edn, American Public Health Association, lnc., 1970 Broadway. New York.
VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />
78<br />
Butcher, R. W., Longwell, J. and Pentelow, F. T. K. (1937): Survey of the River Tees, Part Ill. <strong>The</strong> Non-tidal<br />
Reaches - Chemical and Biological. H.M.S.O.<br />
Crosby, N. T. (1967): <strong>The</strong> determination of nitrite in water using Cleve's acid I, napthylamine - 7, sulphonic acid.<br />
Proc, Soc. wat. Treat. Exam. 16 (1): 51-55.<br />
Hammond, E. W. (1959): A rapid method for the determination of nitrate in drinking water using 3, 3dimethylnapthidine.<br />
Proc. Soc. wat. Treat. Exam. 8: 173-175.<br />
Hickling, H. G. A. and Robertson, T. (1949): Geology. In: Scientific Survey of North-eastern England. British<br />
Association, Newcastle-on-Tyne.<br />
Johnson, G. A.L. (1970): Geology. In: Dewdney, J. C. (Ed.) Durham County and City with Teesside, British<br />
AssociatIon, Durham.<br />
Northumberland and Tyneside River Board (1951 - 1964): Annual Reports. New-castle-on- Tyne.<br />
Northumbrian River Authority (1965 - 1971): Annual Reports. Newcastle-on_ Tyne.<br />
Smith, K. (1970): Weather and climate. In: Dewdney, J. C. (Ed.) Durham County and City with Teesside.<br />
British Association, Durham.<br />
Snow, M. and Whitton, B. A. (1971): <strong>The</strong> River Wear: inorganic chemistry relevant to a biologist. <strong>Vasculum</strong> 56:<br />
50-54.<br />
Whitton, B. A. (1970): Biology of Cladophora in freshwaters. Wat. Res. 4: 457- 476.<br />
Whitton, B. A. and Buckmaster R. C. (1970): Macrophytes of the River Wear.<br />
Naturalist, Hull No. 914: 97-116.<br />
Whitton, B. A. and Dalpra, M. (1968): Floristic changes in the River Tees. Hydrobiologia 32: 545-550.<br />
APPENDIX<br />
When this account was written, it appeared almost certain to the authors (and also to most people<br />
associated with water management) that the Kielder Water Project (Fig. 1 B) would be carried out. Since then a<br />
ministerial decision has thrown the whole scheme into question. Nevertheless we still suspect that eventually<br />
something like this scheme will be developed, and so have made no changes to the text of this paper.
THE VASCULUM<br />
DECEMBER <strong>1972</strong><br />
Vol. LVII. No. 4 Price £1.00 per annum, post free.<br />
Edited by<br />
T. C. DUNN, B.Sc.<br />
THE POPLARS, CHESTER-LE-STREET<br />
BY THE WAY<br />
Secretaries of Societies and other contributors to “<strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong>” are invited to<br />
send their notes to the Editor before 15th March 1973.<br />
ROADSIDE VERGES<br />
<strong>The</strong>re have been several accounts recently in the National Press of the<br />
value of motorway verges as reservoirs of wild life. <strong>The</strong> Sunday Times of August 27 th<br />
carried a splendidly illustrated accountof the wild flowers recently discovered along<br />
several miles of the M1, and Roert Chapman has written in the Sunday Express of<br />
the havens of refuge for insects alongside the same motorway.. An area of 12000<br />
acres ot motorway verges has been quoted as available for colonization. <strong>The</strong>re are<br />
two main implications in both of these articles. One is that the motorway verges are<br />
wildlife habitats newly created by the existence of the motorways, and if it not for the<br />
motorways they would not be there. <strong>The</strong> other is that these areas are virtually<br />
consitute a conservation area, since pedestrians are not allowed there.<br />
Whilst we do not deny any of this a debit side to the picture which should<br />
be pointed out. If there are indeed 12,000 acres of motorway verges then how many<br />
acres of actual motorway are there. Before the motorways were built this land was<br />
used by the same wild creatures which are now attempting to recolonise the<br />
roadsides. Also the number of species of wild flowers found along the motorways<br />
deserve mention.<br />
Frequent travels alongthe less popular bye-roads, all with roadside verges,<br />
serves to emphasise the sterility of motorway verges both in number and variety of<br />
wild flowers found there. No figures were given regarding the number of species of<br />
insects.<br />
79
A very important influence on the ecology of roadside verges is the degree<br />
of management to which they are subjected. Having seen and enjoyed the last<br />
remaining examples of untouched floral diversity during a recent holiday, we feel that<br />
the policy of mowing and tidying up along our roads has gone too far, not to mention<br />
the greatest evil of all, spraying with herbicides. We would very much like to know<br />
the real reason for it all. Is it part of a general policy to tidy up Britain, or is it for<br />
safety on the roads, or is it one of those things that has been done for so long that the<br />
original reason has been lost and was not a very good reason anyway ? Did anyone<br />
ever carry out any experimental work to show that the mowing and spraying of<br />
verges was a beneficial way of looking after them ? If so, we would very much like to<br />
know about it. <strong>The</strong> old system of ditching and partly tidying up with the help of a<br />
shovel produced a vastly greater diversity of animal and plant life, to say nothing of<br />
the more aesthetically pleasing result. Is there any good reason why we should not<br />
return to it ?<br />
BADGERS IN DANGER<br />
<strong>The</strong>re is some evidence from other parts of the country, that there is an<br />
increased threat to badgers for their fur, because of government restrictions on the use<br />
of tiger and leopard skins. Badger digging for this purpose needs to be watched very<br />
carefully. <strong>The</strong> animal is already suffering because of the further spread into the<br />
countryside by man in his search for recreation as well as for building and<br />
construction purposes.<br />
We have no recent evidence as yet, of such a threat in our two counties. <strong>The</strong> gassing<br />
and killing that does go on here is mostly by a few unenlightened farmers who still<br />
imagine that brock is a pest in some way. This is bad enough, of course, but we must<br />
all be on the look out for the further more serious threat mentioned above. We would<br />
urge; the government to consider very seriously the imposition of penalties for badger<br />
killing except under very special circumstances.<br />
PUBLICATIONS<br />
<strong>The</strong> sale of the Supplement to the July <strong>1972</strong> edition of <strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong>, "<br />
Sources of Information of the Natural History of County Durham," by W. B.<br />
Woodward, continues satisfactorily, but there are still copies for sale. We need to sell<br />
every single one in order to continue our policy of publishing more diverse material<br />
than we did in the past. Please send your orders to the Editor with 50p plus postage,<br />
and do not put it off any longer.<br />
BOOK REVIEW<br />
We have just received a splendid little booklet, " Wildlife<br />
80
Conservation and Dead Wood," by A. E. Stubbs, published by the Devon Trust for<br />
Nature Conservation. Aitnougn small (total 18 pages), it is lavishly illustrated in<br />
black and white by 27 photographs.<br />
<strong>The</strong> text deals first of all with the succession of animal species in decaying<br />
wood. <strong>The</strong> decay process is itself due to different species of fungi, some of which are<br />
responsible for the process in the bark, others for the sapwood and a different group<br />
again for the heartwood. <strong>The</strong> four main types of dead wood recognised by Elton,<br />
namely, 1. the living or partly dying standing tree, 2. boles with the tops broken off,<br />
3. logs of different sizes, and 4, the residual stump, are each taken in turn and its<br />
importance in conservation dealt with.<br />
<strong>The</strong> last part of the booklet is about conservation principles in the<br />
management of small and large woodland areas. This advice is, of course, directed<br />
mostly at conservation trust management committees. <strong>The</strong> advice is excellent and we<br />
would thoroughly recommend that all those concerned with leading conservation<br />
corps, civic trust groups and even permanent professional employees of the trusts and<br />
the Nature Conservancy, ought to possess copies which they should consult all the<br />
time. At 20p this is wonderful value for money.<br />
THE SOCIETIES<br />
THE NORTHERN NATURALISTS' UNION<br />
<strong>The</strong> 133rd Field Meeting was held in Deepdale Woods near Barnard<br />
Castle on September 9th, <strong>1972</strong>. Some 30 members and friends gathered on the<br />
roadside at the east end of the woods to eat a picnic lunch before being led off by Mr.<br />
E. Hinton-Clifton, the Union's President.<br />
<strong>The</strong> woods are very extensive so that the plants and insects seen were very<br />
numerous. In the plants, swarms of the broad-leaved helleborine, Epipactis<br />
helleborine (L.) Crantz. and a well established colony of climbing corydalis,<br />
Corydalis claviculata (L.) DC. were noteworthy sights. Moths were rather scarce<br />
although the Diptera seemed to be about in their usual numbers. <strong>The</strong> insect which<br />
intruded most upon the party was the common wasp. We had to pass close to a nest<br />
near the path. <strong>The</strong> inmates resented this with quite disastrous results. Near the old<br />
railway viaduct an old sandstone quarry with small ponds, was of some interest. <strong>The</strong><br />
walk ended at the Crag Pond, really a small lake used by an angling club. <strong>The</strong> return<br />
journey through fields was very pleasant though less interesting from the natural<br />
history standpoint. To round off the day, we were_conducted to the home of the<br />
President where Mrs. Hinton-Clifton had very kindly prepared a sumptuous tea. May<br />
we take this opportunity to thank our hosts for such a pleasant occasion.<br />
81
<strong>The</strong> fifth Harrison Memorial Lecture was held on October 28th in the<br />
Church Hall at Consett, where the N.N.U. was the guest of the Consett and Vale of<br />
Derwent Naturalists' Field Club. <strong>The</strong> lecturer was Dr. C. B. Williams, an<br />
entomologist of international repute and at one time Director of the entomological<br />
work at Rothamsted Experimental Station. His subject was " Insect Migration."<br />
He showed how he had studied the movement of insects, chiefly<br />
butterflies, all over the world. <strong>The</strong> method of analysis of data and pictorial methods<br />
of showing that migration had little to do with prevailing weather conditions were of<br />
great interest. <strong>The</strong> whole programme was carefully illustrated by slides, which<br />
brought out his points perfectly. <strong>The</strong>re was also a large exhibition of migratory<br />
insects from all parts of the world.<br />
Afterwards, tea was very kindly provided, free of charge, by the Consett Society,<br />
whilst Christmas goods were sold in aid of the Conservation Trust and Mr. Dunn sold<br />
copies of the <strong>Vasculum</strong> Supplement. Altogether, Mrs. Moses and her helpers from<br />
Darlington, sold goods to the value of £31.70. For the opportunity to do this, we have<br />
her thanks on behalf of the Durham County Conservation Trust. It was a notable<br />
occasion also, in that four associate members of the Consett Club became full<br />
members of the Northern Naturalists' Union. Recruitment of N,N.U. members is<br />
particularly important at this time because of the increased publishing programme.<br />
We could do with many more.<br />
DARLINGTON AND TEESDALE NATURALISTS' FIELD CLUB<br />
An interesting and varied programme has been arranged at roughly weekly<br />
intervals throughout the winter. Apart from the usual lectures and films on natural<br />
history which always form the main theme, there are talks on Roman history and the<br />
history of lead mining. A notable feature of the programme is an increased tendency<br />
towards involving more members in discussion and short talks.<br />
In addition to the indoor meetings, field outings have also been arranged<br />
for October, November and March.<br />
ANNFIELD PLAIN AND DISTRICT NATURALISTS' FIELD CLUB<br />
From Mr. Wade we have news of the late summer outings of the club. On<br />
a visit to the Border Country under the leadership of Mr. Hall, of Stanley, one party<br />
expored the country between Myerdykes and the Kielder Stone, whilst a second was<br />
conducted<br />
82
along the Lewis Burn by one of the Forest Rangers. On September 2nd Cow Green<br />
Reservoir and Falcon Clints were visited once again. <strong>The</strong> newly opened Roman<br />
Camp of " Vindolanda "' was the object of the next outing, when a number of<br />
interesting plants were found near the excavations. Mr. Toyn conducted a large party<br />
down the old Wooler rail track to Alnwick when, in the brignt sunshine, the autumn<br />
tints were beginning to show and the autumn fruits becoming ripe enough to eat. <strong>The</strong><br />
last walk was on October 14th when Mr. Purvis led the party from Prudhoe to<br />
Lintzford.<br />
BIRTLEY AND CHESTER-LE-STREET NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY<br />
<strong>The</strong> winter lecture programme started on September 12th with a talk on<br />
the natural history of the Western Isles and has continued through to Christmas at<br />
fortnightly intervals.<br />
In addition, outings have been made to Brasside Ponds, Barmston Pond, Urpeth<br />
Bottoms and Knitsley Dene. <strong>The</strong> last place has proved to have quite an extensive<br />
botanical interest. It was here, earlier in the year, that we discovered the globe flower,<br />
Trollius europaeus L.<br />
CLEVELAND AND TEESSIDE NATURALISTS' FIELD CLUB<br />
<strong>The</strong> Committee has arranged an interesting programme and hopes that all<br />
members will support club meetings. Since there is ample seating at the Leeds<br />
University Centre where meetings are held, members may bring guests to any<br />
meeting.<br />
Lectures have been arranged on British Orchids, <strong>The</strong> Cleveland Way, An<br />
Introduction to British Shells and the Spider and the Fly. <strong>The</strong>re are also film nights,<br />
conversaziones and on December 13th the Club Dinner will be held in the refectory<br />
of the Leeds Centre.<br />
NOTES AND RECORDS<br />
NOTES.<br />
Bird notes from Stanley. <strong>The</strong> following notes, recently recorded, may be of interest to the readers<br />
of the <strong>Vasculum</strong> :<br />
Little Ringed Plover: For the second successive summer, a pair again occupied a territory on a site<br />
in North West Durham, from June 4th until July 31st. <strong>The</strong>ir behaviour suggested that they were breeding, but as<br />
the site was completely buildozed on July 17th, nesting was almost certainly a failure.<br />
Wood Sandpiper: Autumn passage. A single bird on a stream at Tanfield, on August 20th to 21st.<br />
Common Sandpiper: From June 21st to August 1st, a single bird held a territory on a stream at<br />
Tanfield, and on July 17th four passage birds were observed in the same locality.<br />
83
Green Sandpiper: Autumn passage. Two birds were .on the stream at Tanfield on August 20th to<br />
21st.<br />
Greenshank: Autumn passage. On August 5th, two birds were at Washington Ponds.<br />
Kittiwake: Inland. <strong>The</strong> colony on the Rank Flour Mill in Gateshead contained 17 occupied nests,<br />
while the colony on the French Flour Mill at Dunston contained 30 occupied nests duriing the summer.<br />
Little Gull: Two immature birds were at the Washington Ponds on June 8th, at the same time as a<br />
Spoonbill was present.<br />
Lesser Black-backed Gull: inland. Newcastle quayside, July 19th, three; Washington Ponds,<br />
August 5th, four; Tanfield, August 7th, one.<br />
Kestrel: A pair again nested at Tanfield in the same tree as last year and were successful in rearing<br />
one young. On June 21st, as many as eight different kestrels were observed in the Tanfield area.<br />
Chiffchaff: On June 28th, a single bird was noted singing at Bumopfield.<br />
Grey Wagtail: A family party consisting of two adults and two juveniles were present on a stream<br />
at Tanfield on July 17th.<br />
Yellow Wagtail: Six different pairs held territories during the summer at East Tanfield.<br />
Corn Bunting: During June, up to three cocks were frequently singing in the Burnopfield and<br />
Tanfield area. Not very common in North West Durham.<br />
Common Wheatear: Three pairs nested on slag tips at East Tanfield. At least one of these pairs was<br />
successful in rearing two young.<br />
Swift: It was not until May 17th that the swifts first appeared in the Shield Row area when two<br />
individuals were noted, and it was about May 27th to May 30th before they were generally distributed. At the end<br />
of the summer their departure was delayed until August 21st This is the latest that I have noted this summer visitor<br />
to arrive and depart.<br />
Spotted Flycatcher: A pair nested and reared at least one young in the Leazes Park in the centre of<br />
Newcastle, and on August 22nd as many as six different birds were in the park.<br />
Magpie: A pair nested in the cemetery in the centre of the built-up area of Stanley, and reared two<br />
young.<br />
—R. Marston Palmer.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Glow-worm Lampyris noctiluca L. On the distribution map accompanying the article on the<br />
British Naturalists' Association Glowworm Survey (Countryside 1971, Vol. XXI, page 457) North East records<br />
are very sparse, and it was with interest that I read the report of their recent occurrence at Cornmondale in the July<br />
<strong>1972</strong> issue of the <strong>Vasculum</strong>. I therefore addressed letters to the editors of the Northern Echo, Newcastle Journal<br />
and Hexham Courant, and received the following reports<br />
v.c.62 Famdale (1915)<br />
About 6 miles south of Darlington (1925<br />
v.c.65 Near Gunnerside (1937)<br />
v.c.66 Trimdon Grange (1922)<br />
v.c.67 Stocksfield (1940)<br />
Riding Mill, 4 reports (latest 1952)<br />
Corbridge (before 1926)<br />
Allerwash (1940-44)<br />
West Woodburn (1912)<br />
v.c.68 Whittihgham (1932)<br />
Eglingham (1941)<br />
Edlingham (1957)<br />
84
v.c.70 Heads Nook (c. 1908)<br />
Wastdale (1962)<br />
v.c.72 Langholm (no date)<br />
It will be noted that most of the records are old, and make one wonder whether glow-worms have succumbed to<br />
verge trimming and pesticides, or is it that people seldom walk in the country after dark in these days of motor<br />
cars and. public transport ?<br />
—C. J. Gent.<br />
Moths in <strong>1972</strong>. This season has been a most peculiar one. Temperatures increased very slowly in<br />
the early spring and just seemed to be catching up when a colder spell put it right back again. After that the<br />
summer never really arrived. In the early part of August, I saw the wing of a peppered moth, Biston betularia L.<br />
(type), on the footpath in Cheviot Road, Ponteland, a late date for the species. It was probably a bat victim as there<br />
was a street lamp nearby and the bats have quickly learned that the lamps attract moths. —A. G. Long.<br />
A new northern limit for the Wall Brown Butterfly. On September 3rd, a party of members<br />
from Birtley and Chester-le-S'treet Natural History Society visited Barmston Pood near Washington, in order toi<br />
do some bird watching. Afterwards, we walked along the old railway track towards Usworth Aerodrome. In the<br />
grassy wasteland we were surprised to discover a number of. butterflies, some of which turned out to be the Wall<br />
Brown, Pararge megera L. A good photograph was obtained for reference. Although South says it is local in<br />
North England and fairly well distributed in Scotland, I have never myself seen it north of Crimdon Dene.<br />
Robson, in his Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Durham and Northumberland, states that it actually became extinct<br />
in our two counties on or round about the year 1870.<br />
I have certainly seen it many times during the last twenty years but always in the south-eastern<br />
corner of Durham and never more than one or two insects. <strong>The</strong> present record therefore represents a considerable<br />
move northwards. <strong>The</strong> fact that there were up to six insects present also indicates the probability of its having<br />
become established there.<br />
In addition, Maniola jurtina L. (Meadow Brown), Lycaena phlaeas L. (Small Copper), and Aglais<br />
urticae L. (Small Tortoisesheil) were also seen on the wing in the same general area.<br />
—T.C.D.<br />
Some Holy Island Plants. During the last year or two I have been fortunate enough to rediscover a<br />
few plants on Holy Island, which were recorded by Professor J. W. H. Harrison and G. Temperley over fifty years<br />
ago. <strong>The</strong>y are Arenaria balearica L. (Balearic Pearlwort), Sherardia arvensis L. (Field Madder), Rhinanthus<br />
minor L. (Yellow Rattle), Sedum rosea (L.) Scop. (Rose-root), Pinguicula vulgaris L. (Common Butterwort), and<br />
Trifolium striatum L. (Soft Clover).<br />
—L. P. Hird.<br />
Bird notes from Holy Islands <strong>The</strong> following records of a, few of the birds seen on Holy Island<br />
during the week Octboer 14th to October 21st, <strong>1972</strong>, may be of interest to ornithologists :<br />
Greater Spotted Woodpecker; seen every day for the whole week.<br />
Brambling; about 12 birds.<br />
Whooper Swan; on three successive days I saw seven, five and three birds.<br />
Golden Plover; very common on the foreshore, approximately 150 birds.<br />
Wheatear; a single individual.<br />
Blackcap; one only.<br />
85
Redpoll; a few scattered individuals.<br />
Whimbrel; one only.<br />
Greenshank; up to four birds seen together.<br />
Short-eared Owl; two birds seen on one day.<br />
Fieldfare; in large numbers, estimated at about 200.<br />
Redwing; a flock of more than 300.<br />
Sanderling; flocks of 50 to 100 at a time seen in several parts of theisland.<br />
86<br />
L. P. Hird<br />
RECORDS<br />
INSECTS<br />
LEPIDOPTERA—-BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS<br />
Acasis viretata Hubn. (Brindle-barred Yellow) 66<br />
On the heather, in June, between Cow Green Reservoir and the beginning of the Moorhouse Nature Reserve.<br />
T.C.D.<br />
FLOWERING PLANTS AND FERNS<br />
Dipsacus fullonum L. ssp satiyus (L.) <strong>The</strong>ll (Fuller's Teasel) 66<br />
A patch was found in Chopweil Woods, near the path leading to Lintzford. Miss R. Wade.<br />
Vicia sylvatica L. (Wood Vetch) 67<br />
Monk Wood (Whitfield).<br />
Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Bess. (Creeping Yellow-cress). 67<br />
W. Bank of N. Tyne near Warden; Prestwick Carr.<br />
Rorippa islandica (Oedes) Borbas. (Marsh Yellow-cress) 67<br />
Pond near High West House (Ponteland).<br />
Sisymbrium altissimum L. (Tall Rocket). 67<br />
Rubbish tip at Stob Hill Quarry.<br />
Descurainia sophia (L.) Webb ex Prenti. (Flixweed). 67<br />
Rubbish tip near High West House (Ponteland).<br />
Viola canina L. (Heath Violet). 67,68<br />
Holy Island and Newton Links (68). On the basalt near Colwell (67<br />
Hypericum humifusum L. (Trailing St. John's Wort). 67<br />
Near Newbiggin Bridge (W. Dipton Burn).<br />
Cerastium semidecandrum L. (Little Mouse-ear Chickweed). 67,68<br />
Calwell; near Amble (67); Warkworth; Ratcheugh (68).<br />
Montia sibirica (L.) Howell. 67<br />
Roadside near Longwitton Hall.<br />
Geranium lucidum L. (Shining Cranesbill). 67<br />
Near Knarsdale Church.<br />
Genista tinctoria L. (Dyer's Greenweed). 67<br />
Ted Burn; N. bank of Tyne E. of Wylam; Howford Banks.<br />
Melilotus officinalis (L.) Pall. (Common Melilot). 67<br />
Waste ground in Newcastle.<br />
Melilotus alba Medic. (White Melilot). 67<br />
Throckley pit heap.<br />
Rubus saxatilis L (Stone Bramble). 67<br />
Cranecleugh Burn (N. Tyne).<br />
Rosa arvensis Huds. (Field Rose). 67<br />
One bush by roadside near Warden.<br />
Saxifraga stellaris L. (Starry Saxifrage). 67<br />
Fairly abundant .m streams running down from Kilhope Lad<br />
Chrysosplenium aiternifolium L. (Alternate-leaved Golden Saxifrage) .67,68<br />
By the Coquet below Felton (67) and in Brotherwick Wood (68).<br />
Lythrum salicaria L. (Purple .Loosestrife). 67,68.<br />
River Blyth near Carter Moor (67), Aller Dean (68).<br />
—G. A. & M. Swan.
THE<br />
VASCULUM<br />
Supplement to July Edition <strong>1972</strong><br />
VOL. LVII., No. 2. (Supplement) Price: 50p.<br />
Edited by<br />
T. C. DUNN. B.Sc., <strong>The</strong> Poplars, Chester-le-Street.<br />
Sources of Information on the<br />
Natural History of County Durham<br />
A. INTRODUCTION p.1<br />
B. ALPHABETICAL LIST p.2<br />
C. SERIAL TITLES AND<br />
ABBREVIATIONS USED.<br />
p.39<br />
By W. B. Woodward<br />
Published by<br />
THE NORTHERN NATURALISTS' UNION
SOURCES OF INFORMATION ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF COUNTY<br />
DURHAM<br />
W. B. WOODWARD<br />
A.INTRODUCTION<br />
This is a list of publications and other records that may well be of interest<br />
to the naturalist working in County Durham. A number of people have been involved<br />
in preparing the list, in particular Miss C. N. Duckworth and Mrs. J. Sayers have our<br />
thanks. <strong>The</strong> term 'natural history' has been interpreted as including botany, ecology,<br />
geology, geography, palaeontology, meteorology and zoology. We have included<br />
records for the area bounded by the Penine watershed in the west, the North Sea in<br />
the east and from the Tees valley to the Tyne valley. <strong>The</strong> list (pt B) is arranged<br />
alphabetically by author, the first author only if there are two or more, and then by the<br />
date of publication. An un abridged title follows and finally as much information<br />
about the publication as we have available. In other words details of volume, part,<br />
page numbers, these of course follow the name of the publication if it is a serial<br />
publication and to indicate titles it has been necessary to use codes. <strong>The</strong>re is a list of<br />
full serial abbreviations (pt C) following the author list.<br />
You may well wish to consult papers which you do not hold yourself. <strong>The</strong><br />
way in which it may be possible to do this for papers of limited circulation and of<br />
specialist interest is indicated against the full title. For the rest you would be well<br />
advised to consult the library that you usually use and ask your librarian for help in<br />
sorting out locations. This can be done for instance in a number of cases with the aid<br />
of Union List of Scientific and Technical Periodicals m Northern libraries, second<br />
edition by WILSON, T. D. and WALLACE, A.<br />
It must be apparent that the list is not complete. If you do spot omissions I<br />
would be grateful if you would send a note of these to: Keeper of Science Books,<br />
University Library, Science Section, South Road, Durham. Please give all the<br />
information that you can including the location of volumes that can be made<br />
available, in some cases this may be where a special case can be made in relation to a<br />
private collection. We hope to bring the<br />
1
master list up to date and then to maintain it in that state with your help. In the future<br />
it may be that: either a supplement or a revised list will be published. Before this is<br />
done we would like to know if the next list should differ in any way, should the<br />
subject coverage be increased? Should a list for Northumberland be pre pared or else<br />
incorporate these references in one major list? Is there a case for listing the names<br />
and specialities of experts in various fields together with a list of the various types of<br />
organisation that the naturalist should be as widely known as possible.<br />
Having created a long, and we hope complete list of sources of<br />
information, what then? It would be relatively easy to produce a subject guide either<br />
by such simple means as selecting from the title: a keyword or words, or else by a<br />
rather more formal classification. BUT it is our hope that the list will be used by local<br />
experts to produce critical guides to subject areas with the various publications<br />
evaluated in the light of practical field experience. This as we see it is possibly the<br />
best use for this list of sources of information.<br />
B<br />
ABBOTT, G. 1905. Concretionary cellular limestone of Durham. Nat pp 231-233.<br />
ADAMSON, R. 1908. Our local orchids. VDNFCNS 7 (i) pp 41- 45.<br />
ALDER, J. 1848. Catalogue of Mollusca of Northumberland and Durham. TNFC 7<br />
(2).<br />
ALDER,, J. 1857. A catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham.<br />
TNFC.<br />
ALDER, J. 1865/67. Description of three new or imperfectly known Polyzoa found<br />
on the coasts of Northumberland and Durham. TNHSOS 7 pp 60-64.<br />
ALDRIDGE, C. A. 1967. Ecological studies on Gordon Moss. a spring mire. MSc<br />
Diss Ecol D.<br />
ALEXANDER, D. A. 1969. Waskerley (N.W. Durham) — a note. JDUGS 77.<br />
ALEXANDER, W. B. SOUTHGATE, B. A. & BASSINDALE, R. 1935. Survey of<br />
the River Tees. Part 2. <strong>The</strong> estuary — chemical and biological water pollution<br />
research. Tech. Pap. No. 5, Dep. Sci. Indust. Res. H.M.S.O. London<br />
2
ALLEN, T. W. 1970. <strong>The</strong> occurrence of Enteromorpha in fresh water in County<br />
Durham. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
ANDERSON, A. H. 1962. A demonstration of Kulczynsky's statistical method<br />
(Magnesian Limestone outcrops County Durham). JDCNHS 8 pp 28-40.<br />
ANON. 1928. <strong>The</strong> Northern Naturalists Union in Upper Teesdale. Vas 14 pp 147-<br />
150.<br />
ASHBY, K. R. 1965. Vertebrates. In: Valentine, D. H. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> Natural History of<br />
Upper Teesdale. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />
ASHWORTH. P. 1964. Birtley, County Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
ATKINSON, G. G. 1873-77. First and second instalments of a catalogue of the more<br />
remarkable trees of Northumberland and Durham. TNHSOS 5 pp 63-97, 154-161.<br />
ATKINSON, J. R. 1965. Landscape and the Durham Motorway.<br />
ATKINSON, J. R. 1966. A policy for the Durham Coast. State ment and map.<br />
ATKINSON, K. 1968. An investigation of the pedology of Upper Weardale, County<br />
Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
ATKINSON, K. J. 1970. Perspective on change in the County Borough of Hartlepool<br />
post 1800. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
BACKHOUSE, J. 1884/85. Notes on the Avi-fauna of Upper Teesdale. Nat pp 353-<br />
364.<br />
BACKHOUSE, J. 1884/85. Teesdale botany: historical and personal recollections.<br />
Nat pp 10-13.<br />
BACKHOUSE, J. 1888. Notes and additions to the Avi-fauna of Upper Teesdale. Nat<br />
pp 79-80.<br />
BACKHOUSE, J. 1896. Upper Teesdale past and present, pp 66. Barnard Castle.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. 1904/07. Notes on some additions etc. to the Coleoptera of the<br />
Northumberland and Durham district. TNHSNS 7 pp 224-247.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. 1905. A new British Beetle from Gibside — Agathidium badium,<br />
Er. VDNFCOS 5 p 86.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. 1905. Notes on the genera Metoecus Gers., and Meloe L.<br />
VDNPCOS 5 pp 65-69.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. 1905. <strong>The</strong> Longicornia of the Derwent Valley. VDNFCOS 5 pp<br />
21-26.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. 1908. Strangers Zoological — A series of Nature fragments.<br />
VDNFCNS I (i) pp 17-25.<br />
3
BAGNALL, R. S. 1908. <strong>The</strong> Bristle-Tails (Thysanura) of the Derwent Valley,,<br />
VDNFCNS I (i) pp 26-56.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. 1908/11. Notes on some Pauropoda from the Counties of<br />
Northumberland and Durham. TNHSNS 3 pn 462-466.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. 1908/11. On two new species of Trichothrips from the Derwent<br />
Valley. TNHSNS 3 pp 661-663.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. 1913. <strong>The</strong> Myriapods of the Derwent Valley. VDNFCNS 7 (2) pp<br />
94-115.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. 1915. A new species of Neuroptera from the North of England,<br />
Vas pp 22-24.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. 1918. <strong>The</strong> Siphonaptera (Fleas) of Northumberland and Durham.<br />
TNHSNS 5 pp 181-198.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. 1923. <strong>The</strong> Symphyla of Northumberland and Durham. Vas 9 pp<br />
65-73.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. 1928. <strong>The</strong> Gall-wasps and their allies in Northumberland and<br />
Durham. Vas 14 pp 62-65.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. <strong>The</strong> Anoplura (Sucking-lice) of Northumberland and Durham. Vas<br />
16 pp 103-106; Vas 18 p 45.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. 1932. On) Mallophaga (Biting-lice) affecting the mammals of<br />
Northumberland and Durham. Vas 18 pp 14-18.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. & HALL, W. 1930. Records of some bird lice (Mallophaga)-ll.<br />
Vas 16 pp 50-55.<br />
BAGNALL, R. S. & TURNER, W. L. 1913. Preliminary list of Spiders, Harvestmen<br />
and Pseudo-Scorpions found in the Derwent Valley. VDNFCNS 1 (2) pp 129-151.<br />
BAKER. J. G. 1903. Biographical notes on the early Botanists of Northumberland<br />
and Durham. TNHSOS 14 pp 69-86.<br />
BAKER, J. G. 1863. Contributions towards the Geographical History of the plants of<br />
Upper Teesdale. Phytologist 4 pp 1048-1053.<br />
BAKER, J. G. & TATE, G. R. 1868. A new flora of Northumberland and Durham,<br />
with sketches of its climate and physical geography. TNHSOS 2 London.<br />
BANAGE, W. B. 1960. Studies on the Namatode fauna of moor land soils. PhD<br />
<strong>The</strong>sis D<br />
4
BARNES, R. 1890. Some additional localities and new records for the mosses of<br />
North Yorkshire and South Durham. Nat pp 211-222.<br />
BARNES, R. 1915. New records and additional localities for the Moss-flora of<br />
Yorkshire and Durham. Nat pp 91-94.<br />
BAWDEN, A. N. 1969. A preliminary investigation of the biological effects of the<br />
discharge of sewage works effluent into a small stream (Hollingside sewage works,<br />
Durham). JDUBS 15 pp 1-5.<br />
BEAUMONT, B. A. 1963/64. <strong>The</strong> eastern drainage of the Northern Pennines.<br />
JDUGS 6.<br />
BEAUMONT, P. 1967. Glacial deposits of Eastern Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
BEAUMONT, P. 1968. A history of glacial research in northern England. OP Geog<br />
D.<br />
BEAUMONT, P. 1970. Geomorphology. In Durham County and City with Teesside.<br />
Ed. C. Dewdney. British Association for the Advancement of Science.<br />
BELL, D. G. & COULSON, J. C. 1963. Ornithological reports from Northumberland<br />
and Durham for 1960, 61 and 62.<br />
TNHSNS 14 pp 1-36, 101-124, 125-126, 185-211.<br />
BELL, D. G. 1966/68. Ornithological reports for Northumberland and Durham for<br />
1965, 66 and 67. TNHSNS 16 pp 79-107, 197-225,241-274.<br />
BELL, D. W. 1962. A historical geographpy of Tyneside coal trade. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
BELL, K. M. Petrographic character and sedimentary environ ment of the Harvey-<br />
Beaumont seam of Northumberland and Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />
BELL, T. H. 1883. <strong>The</strong> Salt Deposits of Middlesbrough and the Mode of Winning<br />
them. Middlesbrough.<br />
BELLAMY, D. J. 1965. Conservation. In: Valentine, D.H. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> Natural History<br />
of Upper Teesdale. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />
BELLAMY, D. J. BRADSHAW, M. E. MILLINGTON, G. E. & SIMMONS, 1. G.<br />
1966. Two quaternary deposits in the lower Tees basin. NP 65 p 429.<br />
BELLAMY, D. J., BRIDGEWATER, P., MARSHALL, C. & TICKLE, W. 1969.<br />
Status of the Teesdale rarities. Nature, 222 No. 5190 pp 238-243.<br />
5
BELLAMY, D. J., 1970. Vegetation. In: Durham City and County with Teeside. Ed.<br />
J. C. Dewdney. British Association for the Advancement of Science.<br />
BENHAM, B. R. 1969. Studies on marginal farm ecosystems in Upper Teesdale.<br />
MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
BENNETT GIBBS, G. & TEI'MPERLEY, G. W. 1930. On some flint flakes from<br />
Weardale. TNHSNS 7 pp 191-193.<br />
BLACK, M. M. 1957. <strong>The</strong> application of scale and hydraulic models to the study of<br />
flood conditions on the River Tyne. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />
BLACKBURN, K. B. 1931. Possible glacial survivals in our flora. TNNU 7 (1).<br />
BLACKBURN, K. B. 1951. A historical approach: some Late Glacial species from<br />
the Lower Tees area and their present distribution. In: J. E. Lousley, <strong>The</strong> Study of the<br />
Distribution of British Plants, p 96. Arbroath.<br />
BLACKBURN, K. B. 1952. <strong>The</strong> dating of a deposit containing an elk skeleton found<br />
at Neasham in Darlington. NP 51 p 364.<br />
BLOCK, W. C. 1963. Studies on the Acarina of moorland areas. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
BODEN, J. B. 1969. Site investigation and subsequent analysis for shallow tunnels.<br />
MSc Diss Geol D.<br />
BOLAM, G. 1915. On some birds in Teesdale. Vas pp 65-68.<br />
BOLAM, G. 1923/26. Bats. TNHSNS 6 pp 48-62.<br />
BOLAM, G. 1923/26. Botanical Notes. (Alston District). TNHSNS 6 pp 80-88.<br />
BOLD, T. J. 1865. List of Coleopterous insects added to the fauna of<br />
Northumberland and Durham during 1864 and 1865/66. THNSOS 7 pp 131-133,<br />
318-324.<br />
BOLD, T. J. 1865/67. List of a few local Homoptera. TNHSOS 1 pp 128-131; 309-<br />
314.<br />
BOLD, T. J. 1869/70. A Catalogue of the Insects of Northumberland and Durham<br />
(Aculeate Hymeoptera). TNHSOS 3 pp 137-170.<br />
BOLD, T. J. 1871/72. A Catalogue of the Insects of Northumberland and Durham<br />
(revision of Coleoptera). TNHSOS 4 pp 1-117.<br />
BOLD, T. J. 1871/72. A Catalogue of the Insects of Northumberland and Durham<br />
(Hemiptera-Heteroptera). TNHSOS 4 pp 348-371.<br />
6
BOLD, T. J. 1871/72. Insects of Northumberland and Durham (notes on Coleoptera).<br />
TNHSOS 4 pp 371-379.<br />
BOLD, T. J. 1871/72. Notes on the occurrence of Lepidoptera in 1871. TNHSOS 4<br />
pp 380-385.<br />
BOLD, T. J. 1873/77. Note on the occurrence of Lepidoptera in Northumberland and<br />
Durham in 1872. TNHSOS 5 pp 37 41.<br />
BOLD, T. J. 1873/77. Not on the recent occurrence in Northumberland and Durham<br />
of the Camberwell Beauty Butterfly. TNHSOS 5 pp 30-34.<br />
BOLTON, E. 1923/26. Fossil Oora of the Northumberland and Durham coalfield.<br />
THNSNS 6 pp 167-181.<br />
BOLTON, E. 1934. <strong>The</strong> Brooms, Birtley. A floristic survey. Vas 20 pp 15-20.<br />
BOLTON, P. J. 1965. Flea populations on Clethrionoys glareolus Schr. and<br />
Apodemus sylvaticus L. JDUNHS 77.<br />
BOLTON, P. J. 1969. Studies on the general ecology, physiology and bioenergetics<br />
of woodland Lumbricidae. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
BOTT, M. H. P. 1960/61. With M.F.V. 'Avail' on the North Sea. (Durham Coast).<br />
JDCGIS 7 (3) pp 8-11.<br />
BOTT, M. H. P. & MASON-SMITH, D. 1953. Gravity measurements over the<br />
Northern Pennines. GM 90 pp 127-130.<br />
BOTT, M. H. P. & MASON-SMITH, D. 1957. <strong>The</strong> geological interpretation of a<br />
Gravity Survey of the Alston Block and Durham Coalfields. QJGSL 77J pp 93-117.<br />
BOWER, M. M. 1959. An investigation of erosion in blanket peat. MSc King's<br />
College, London.<br />
BRADSHAW, M. E. 1959. Variation in Alchemilla vulgaris agg. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
BRADSHAW, M. E. Ed. 1965. A Guide to the Natural History of the Teesbank<br />
Woods between Barnard Castle and Cotherstone, Durham.<br />
BRADSHAW, M. E. & CLARK, W. A. 1965. Flora and Vegetation. In: Valentine,<br />
D.H. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> Natural History of Upper Teesdale. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />
7
BRADSHAW, M. E. 1970. <strong>The</strong> Teesdale Flora in Durham County and City with<br />
Teesside. Ed. J. C. Dewdney. British Association for the Advancement of Science.<br />
BRADY, H. B. 1865/67. A Catalogue of the recent Foraminifera of Northumberland<br />
and Durham. TNHSOS 1 pp 83-107.<br />
BRADY, G. S. 1865/67. Reports of deep-sea dredging on the coasts of<br />
Northumberland and Durham, 1862-64, plus spp. lists. TNHSOS 1 pp 1-58.<br />
BRADY, G. S. 1869/70. A list of freshwater Algae collected in Northumberland and<br />
Durham. TNHSOS 3 pp 302-306.<br />
BRADY, G. S. 1869/70. Notes on Entomostraca taken chiefly in the Northumberland<br />
and Durham districts. TNHSOS 3 pp 361-371.<br />
BRADY, G. S. 1869/70. On the Crustacean Fauna of the Salt marshes of<br />
Northumberland and Durham. TNHSOS 3 pp 120-136.<br />
BRADY, G. S. 1871/72. A list of the non-parasitic marine Copepoda of the North<br />
East coast of England. TNHSOS 4 pp 423 445.<br />
BRADY, G. S. 1903. On Copepoda and other Crustacea taken in Ireland and on the<br />
North East coast of England. TNHSOS 14 pp 54-68.<br />
BRADY, G. S. 1903. Report on dredging and other marine re search off the North<br />
East coast of England. TNHSOS 14 pp 87-101.<br />
BRADY, G. S. 1904/07. On Copepoda and other Crustacea taken off<br />
Northumberland and Durham in July 1904. TNHSNS 1 pp 210-223.<br />
BRADY, G. S. & NORMAN, A. M. 1908/11. <strong>The</strong> Crustacea of Northumberland and<br />
Durham. TNHSNS 3 pp 252-417.<br />
BRIDGEWATER, P. & JONES, D. J. 1968. A preliminary investigation in soil algal<br />
floras (Little High Wood and Cassop Vale, Durham). JDUBS 14.<br />
BRIDGEWATER, P. 1970. Phytosociology and community boundaries of the British<br />
heath formation. 2 vols. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE. 1949.<br />
Scientific survey of North East England.<br />
8
BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE. 1970.<br />
Durham County and City with Teesside. Dewdney, J. C. (Ed.)<br />
BROOK, A. J. 1948. Studies in the ecology of the algal flora of slow sand filter beds<br />
of waterworks. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />
BROOKER, J. R. 1966. <strong>The</strong> coastal denes of Durham —- Area Studies. Ug Diss<br />
Geog D.<br />
BROOKS, P. M. 1969. Burrow systems. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
BROUGH, J. 1929. On the rhythmic deposition in the Yoredale series. PUDPS 8 pp<br />
116-124.<br />
BROWELL, E. J. J. & KIRKBY, J. W. 1865/67. On the chemical composition of<br />
various beds of the Magnesian Limestone and associated Permian rocks of Durham.<br />
TNHSOS I pp 204-230.<br />
BROWN, CRAGG & CRISP. 1964. <strong>The</strong> Plecoptera of Moor House National Nature<br />
Reserve, Westmorland. Trans. Soc. for British Entomology. 16 (4).<br />
BROWN, J. C. 1905. Note on Janassa bituminosa from the Marl Slate, Thickley,<br />
Durham. Nat pp 220-222.<br />
BULMAN,, H. F. 1905. <strong>The</strong> coal seams of the Derwent Valley. VDNFCOS 5 pp 27-<br />
43.<br />
BULMAN, H. F. 1908. <strong>The</strong> weather at Burnopfield during 1906/ 07. VDNFCNS 1 (i)<br />
pp 64-71.<br />
BULMAN, H. F. 1913. <strong>The</strong> weather at Burnopfield during 1908. VDNFCNS 7 (2) pp<br />
159-162.<br />
BULMAN, H. F. 1913. <strong>The</strong> weather during the four last years, 1909/12. VDNFCNS<br />
1 (2) pp 162-169.<br />
BURGES,, D. A. 1957. Parts of County Durham — regional. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
BURGESS, A. S. 1970. Engineering geology and geohdyrology of the magnesian<br />
limestone of Northern England. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
BURRELL, W. H. 1924. Pennine peat. Nat pp 145-150.<br />
BURTON, J. J. 1910. Geological notes on the Middleton-in-Tees dale district. Nat pp<br />
268-271.<br />
BURTON, R. C. 1911. On the occurrence of beds of the Yellow sands and Marl in<br />
the Magnesian Limestone of Durham. GM Decade 5 8 pp 299-306.<br />
9
BUTLER, P. F. 1968. <strong>The</strong> interpretation of magnetic field anomalies over dykes by<br />
optimisation procedures. MSc Diss Geol D.<br />
BURTON, J. J. 1925. Geological features and physical features of Middleton-in-<br />
Teesdale, Yorks. Nats. Union Circular 320 pp 2-3.<br />
BUTCHER, R. W. 1931. An appartus for studying the growth of epiphytic algae with<br />
special reference to the River Tees. TNNU (1) PP 1-15.<br />
BUTCHER, R. W. 1933. Studies on the ecology of rivers, (i) On the distribution of<br />
macrophytic vegetation in the rivers of Britain. JE 27 (1) pp 58-91.<br />
BUTCHER, R. W., LONGWELL, J. & PENTELOW, F. T. K. 1937. Survey of the<br />
River Tees. Part 3. <strong>The</strong> non-tidal reaches — chemical and biological. H.M.S.O.<br />
BUTTERFIELD, J. A. 1939. Geology of Holwick Scars and Upper Teesdale. Yorks.<br />
Nats. Union Circular 417 pp 2-3.<br />
BUTTERFIELD, J. E. L. 1969. A study on the relationship be tween egg numbers<br />
and the larval or adult density of Tipula subnodicomis. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
CAIRNEY, T. & STOREY, J. M. 1970. Hydrology and water resources. In: J. C.<br />
Dewdney (Ed.) Durham County and City with Teesside. British Association,<br />
Durham.<br />
CALVERT, R. 1884. Notes on the Geology and Natural History of the County of<br />
Durham. Bishop Auckland.<br />
CARTER, J. 1921. <strong>The</strong> doom of the Durham coastal denes. Entomologist 56.<br />
CARTER, W. L. 1889. Excursion to Upper Teesdale. Trans. Leeds Geol. Ass. Part 5<br />
pp 71-76.<br />
CARTER, W. 1924. Doom of the denes. (<strong>The</strong> destruction of the coast denes in<br />
County Durham). Vas 10 pp 44-48.<br />
CARTMELL, A. E. 1969. Permian hydrology and electrical analogues. MSc Diss<br />
Geol D.<br />
CHANG, C. M. 1970. Static and the cyclic stresses response of rock. MSc Diss Geol<br />
D.<br />
CHAPMAN, A. H. 1970. An outline study of the input and out put of four minerals in<br />
the Upper Tees river catchment. MSc<br />
10
CHERRET, J. M. 1961. Ecological research on spiders associated with moorlands.<br />
PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
CITY ENGINEER, NEWCASTLE UPON TYNE. 1964. Final report on investigation<br />
of sea outfalls by Messrs. J. D. & D. M. Watson.<br />
CITY ENGINEER, NEWCASTLE UPON TYNE. 1964. Final report on proposals<br />
for reducing pollution of the River Tyne estuary and adjacent sea beaches.<br />
CLENNELL, T. 1967. Bioenergetic studies of Cloeon dipterum L. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
CLIFFORD, J. 1968. North-West Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
CLOUGH, C. T. 1903. <strong>The</strong> disappearance of limestones in High Teesdale. GM 10 pp<br />
259-262.<br />
CLOUGH. J. 1962. Dredging at Hurworth Burn Reservoir, Hartlepools Water Co.<br />
Journal Institute of Water Engineers. 16 pp 46-48.<br />
CODY, C. B. J. 1969. Individual and seasonal variation in agressiveness in the longtailed<br />
field mouse (Apodemus sylvaticus)and bank vole (Clethrionomys glareolus).<br />
MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
COGGIN BROWN, J. 1904/07. On some lacustrine deposits in the drift near<br />
Ferryhill, TNHSNS 7 pp 288-292.<br />
COOK, A. A. 1970. Polymorphism in Cepaea nemoralis L. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
COOKE, R. B. & TBMPERLEY, G. W. 1920. Some notes on the flora of Upper<br />
Teesdale. Vas 6.<br />
COOKE, R. B. & GRIFFITHS, B.. M. 1923/26. Ryton Willows Pool. TNHSNS 6 pp<br />
39-47.<br />
COULSON, J. C. 1956. Biological studies on the Meadow Pipit (Anthus pratensis)<br />
and moorland Tipulidae; members of a food chain. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
COULSON, J. C. 1970. <strong>The</strong> Fauna of the Moorlands. In: Durham County and City<br />
with Teesside. Ed. J. C. Dewdney. British Association, Durham.<br />
COURTENAY, G. F. 1930. Birds of Hurworth Burn, County Durham. 1910-1929.<br />
TNHSNS 7 pp 155-178.<br />
COURTENAY, G. F. 1933. Birds of Teesmouth (Durham side), 1907-29. Vas 19 pp<br />
81-100.<br />
11
COURTENAY,. G. F. 1934. Some notes on birds of Sunderland. Vas 20 pp 51-63.<br />
COURTENAY, G. F. 1934. Birds around Sunderland. Vas 20 97 100.<br />
COURTENAY, G. F. 1935. <strong>The</strong> birds of Horden. Vas 21 pp 10 15.<br />
COURTENAY, G. F. 1936. Some desultory notes on the birds of Riding Mill and<br />
neighbourhood. Vas 22 pp 20-23.<br />
COWEN, G. A. 1954/56. <strong>The</strong> Badger in Northumberland and Durham; its numbers<br />
and distribution, past and present. TNHSNS 77 pp 77-84.<br />
CRAWLEY, M. C. 1965. Studies on the movements, population dynamics and food<br />
of Apodemus sylvaticus L. and Clethrionomys glareolus Schr. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
CRISP, D. T. 1959. Studies on the biology of some species of British Corixidae. PhD<br />
<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
CRISP, D. T. 1966. Input and output of minerals from an area of Pennine Moorland;<br />
the importance of precipitation, drainage, peat erosion and animals. JAppE 3 pp 327-<br />
348.<br />
CRISPJ. A. A. 1961. Some aspects of the historical geography of Weardale —<br />
County Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
CRISP, T. 1963. A note on some collections of Corixidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera)<br />
from lowland Durham. TNHSNS 14 pp 163-169.<br />
DAVIES, L. 1970. Freshwater Fauna. In: Durham County and City with Teesside.<br />
Ed. J. C. Dewdney. British Association, Durham.<br />
DAVISON, A. P. R. 1970. Four Durham mining villages. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
DEARMAN, W. R. & JONES, J. M. 1966/68. Millerite from Boldon Colliery,<br />
County Durham. TNHSNS 16 pp 193-196.<br />
DENT, D. L. et al 1965/66. Lanehead. JDUGgS 8.<br />
DENT, R. G. 1965. <strong>The</strong> sand and gravel industry of the Tees and mid-Swale valleys.<br />
Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, HYDRAULICS AND HYDROLOGY<br />
SECTION, KING'S COLLEGE, NEW CASTLE. 1959/60. Hydraulic and sediment<br />
survey of the River Tyne. Bulletin No. 20.<br />
12
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, HYDRAULICS AND HYDROLOGY<br />
SECTION, KING'S COLLEGE, NEW CASTLE. 1960/61. Final report of Hydraulic<br />
and sediment survey of the estuary of the River Tyne. Bulletin No. 24.<br />
DEPARTMENT OF SCIENTIFIC AND INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH. 1931. Water<br />
Pollution Research — Tech. Paper 2. Survey of the River Tees, Part I —<br />
Hydrographical. H.M.S.O.<br />
DEPARTMENT OF SCIENTIFIC AND INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH. 1935. Water<br />
Pollution Research. Tech. paper 5. Survey of the River Tees, Part 2. <strong>The</strong> estuary —<br />
Chemical and Biological. H.M.S.O.<br />
DICKINSON, P. & FISHER, D. B. 1959. Medieval land surveys of County Durham.<br />
GEOG Occ. Papers 2.<br />
DUCKETT, M. J. 1969. A study of activity in the Water Vole (Arvicolu terrestris).<br />
MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
DUCKWORTH, C. N. 1970. A short study of some aspects of the ecology of rodent<br />
fleas in Castle Eden Dene. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
DUNHAM, K. C. 1932. <strong>The</strong> ore deposits of the North Pennines. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
DUNHAM, K. C. 1934. <strong>The</strong> genesis of the North Pennine Ore Deposits. QJGSL 90<br />
ppp 689-720.<br />
DUNHAM, K. C. 1947. Excursion to Durham and to Northern Pennines. Miners<br />
Mag. 28 no. 126.<br />
DUNHAM, K. C. 1948. Geology of the Northern orefield, (i) Tyne to Stainmore.<br />
Memoirs of the Geological Survey, England and Wales. London.<br />
DUNHAM, K .C. 1950. Lower Carboniferous Sedimentation in the Northern<br />
Pennines. International Geological Congress. Part 4 — Proceedings of Section 3.<br />
Rhythm in Sedimentation. pp 46-63. London.<br />
DUNHAM K. C. 1959. Non-ferrous mining potentialities of the Northern Pennines.<br />
In: Future of the non-ferrous mining in Great Britain and Ireland, ppll5-147. London.<br />
DUNHAM K. C. & HOPKINS, W. 1960. Geology around the University towns: the<br />
Durham area. Colchester.<br />
DUNHAM K. C. 1960/61. Background to a Borehole. (Rookhope). JDCGIS 1 (3) pp<br />
18-21.<br />
13
DUNN, T. C. 1965. Insects. In: Valentine, D. H. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> Natural History of Upper<br />
Teesdale. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />
DUNN, T. C. 1970. <strong>The</strong> Lepidoptera. In: Durham County and City with Teesside. Ed.<br />
J. C. Dewdney. British Association, Durham.<br />
DUTTON, R. 1963. Studies into the ecological energetics of the wireworm<br />
Melanotus rufipes Hbst. (Coleoptera, Elateridae). PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
DWERRYHO'USE, A. R. 1902. <strong>The</strong> glaciation of Teesdale, Wear dale and the Tyne<br />
Valley and their tributaries. QJGSL 58 pp 572-608.<br />
EASTWOOIX T. 1935. British regional geology: Northern England, London.<br />
EASTWOOD, T. 1946. Northern England. London.<br />
EDDY, A. & WELCH, D. 1969. Bryophyte species — list for the Moor House<br />
National Nature Reserve in Upper Teesdale. TNHSNS 77 pp 47-56.<br />
EDDY, A. & WELCH, D. 1967. A species list of flowering plants and ferns for the<br />
Moor House National Nature Reserve in Upper Teesdale. PBSBI 6 p 325.<br />
EDDY, A., WELCH, D. & RAWES, M. 1969. <strong>The</strong> vegetation of the Moor House<br />
National Nature Reserve in the Northern Pennines, England. Veg 16 p 1.<br />
EDWARD, D. B. 1964. <strong>The</strong> settlement factor in the rural problems of North East<br />
England. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />
EDWARDS, W. & TROTTER, F. M. 1954. <strong>The</strong> Pennines and Adjacent Areas.<br />
British Regional Geology. Geological Survey, London.<br />
EGGLESHAW, H. J. 1965. Observations on the Fauna of Wrack Beds. Trans. Soc.<br />
for British Entomology. 16 (8).<br />
ELGEE, F. 1916. <strong>The</strong> study of moors. Vas 2 46-49.<br />
ELKINGTON, T. T. 1962. Experimental taxonomy of some members of the Teesdale<br />
flora. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
ELLISON, C. 1961. <strong>The</strong> Gaunless valley area and town of Bishop Auckland. Ug Diss<br />
Geog D.<br />
EMBLETON, D. 1887. A Catalogue of Place-names in Teesdale. TNHSOS 9 p 1-<br />
223.<br />
EVANS, P. R. 1966/68. Wader migration in North East England. TNHSNS 16 pp<br />
126-151.<br />
14
FAIRFAX-BLAKEBOROUGH, J. 1924. <strong>The</strong> Badger in the North. Vas 10 pp 83-87.<br />
FAWCETT, J. W. 1890. Birds of Durham, pp 20. Consett.<br />
FAWCETT, J. W. 1890. <strong>The</strong> Tree Sparrow in the County of Durham. Nat.<br />
FAWCETT, J. W. 1900. Reptiles and Amphibians of the County of Durham. Nat p<br />
36. FAWCETT, J. W. 1905. An eminent Durham Naturalist -— Thomas John Bold.<br />
VDNFCOS 5 pp 58-64.<br />
FEATHERSTONHAUGH, W. 1892. <strong>The</strong> Ferns of the Derwent Valley. VDNFCOS 2<br />
pp 1-16.<br />
FORDHAM, W. J. 1926. Notes on some Durham Diptera. Vas 72 pp 71-76 and 84-<br />
85.<br />
FORDHAM, W. J. 1930. A preliminary list of the Diptera of Northumberland and<br />
Durham (excluding Cecidomyidae). TNHSNS 7 pp 197-265.<br />
FORDHAM, W. J. 1945. A preliminary list of the Diptera of Northumberland and<br />
Durham, excluding Cecidomyidae. TNHSNS 7.<br />
FORSTER, 1. H. 1955. <strong>The</strong> Derwent Valley, County Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
FORTUNE, R. 1887. Ornithological notes from Northumberland and Durham during<br />
1885. Nat pp 132-133.<br />
FORTUNE, T. C. & WALLACE, H. S. 1905. Note on Mr. Bagnall's recent addition<br />
to the British insect fauna. (Triplax bicolor,) Gyll., (scutellaris Charp) VDNFCOS 5<br />
pp 82-86.<br />
FRASER, A. J. L. 1970. <strong>The</strong> distribution of the flies of the families Calliphoridae and<br />
Muscidae (Diptera) in different habitats. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
FRISBY, M. E. 1961. <strong>The</strong> rendzina soils of the magnesian series in Durham, PhD<br />
<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
GAMAN, J. H. 1970. Observations on phenotypic variability with in populations of<br />
Elodea canadensis in County Durham. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
GARRETT, F. C. 1934. <strong>The</strong> butterflies of Northumberland and Durham. Vas 20 pp<br />
45-48.<br />
GEORGE, D. R. 1969. Some aspects of the ecology of woodlice. MSc Diss D.<br />
15
GIBBONS. D. S. & WHITTON, B. A. 1966. Ponds and reservoirs in County<br />
Durham. JDUNHS 72.<br />
GIBBONS, D. S. 1968. Ecological studies on flies associated with dung, with<br />
particular reference to Scopeuma species (Diptera). PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
GILL, E. L. 1905. Mammals. In: Victoria County History of Durham. London.<br />
GILLEGHAN, J. A. 1958. <strong>The</strong> occurrence of Parmssia palustris on the Magnesian<br />
Limestone of County Durham and West Yorkshire. JDCNHS 5 pp 17-19.<br />
GIRLING, D. J. 1969. Comparison of the life histories of different varieties of<br />
Mitopus morio (Arachnida, Opiliones). MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
GIRLING, D. J. 1969. A study of the swarming behaviour and the effects of the<br />
weather on the activity of Trichocera (Diptera) MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
GLASSPOOLE, J. 1932. <strong>The</strong> rainfall of the Tees Valley. Brit. Rainf. pp 289-291.<br />
GLEN, D. M. H. 1967. Upper Weardale, development on decay.Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
GLENDINNING, D. R. 1954/55. Notes on a colony of Ophioglossum vulgatum L.<br />
JDCNHS 2 pp 3-7.<br />
GODDARD, T. R. 1929. History of the Natural History Society of Northumberland,<br />
Durham and Newcastle upon Tyne, 1829<br />
1929. Newcastle.<br />
GODWIN, H. 1949. <strong>The</strong> spreading of the British flora considered in relation to<br />
conditions of the late-glacial period. JE 37 pp 140-147.<br />
GODWIN, H. & WALTERS, S. M. 1967. <strong>The</strong> scientific importance of Upper<br />
Teesdale. PBSBI 6 pp 348-351.<br />
GOSS, C. 1967. An investigation of the possible effects of pollution on some<br />
members of the periphyton in the littoral zone of the North East coast of England.<br />
MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
GREENWELL, J. 1935. Weardale Kingfishers. Vas 21 pp 121 -127.<br />
GREEVE-FYSHER. 1925. Mollusca of Middleton-in-Teesdale<br />
16
GREGORY, S. & SMITH, K. 1967. Local temperature and humidity contrasts around<br />
small lakes and reservoirs. Weather 22 (12) pp 497-505.<br />
GREY, F. G. & TBMPERLEY, G. W. 1957/58. Ornithological reports for<br />
Northumberland and Durham for 1956 and 1957. TNHSNS 12 pp 25-68, 185-220.<br />
GREY, F. G. 1958/60. Ornithological reports for Northumberland and Durham for<br />
1958/59. TNHSNS 13 pp 121-150, 215-246.<br />
GRIEFF, S. 1956. Influence of physical features on the development of Sunderland.<br />
PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />
GRIFFITHS, B. M. 1932. Notes on the flora of Butterby Marsh, Durham. Vas 18 pp<br />
136-137.<br />
GRIFFITHS, B. M. 1935. Framwellgate Moor Carr. Vas 21 pp 96-98.<br />
GRIFFITHS, B. M. 1936. A preliminary list of the freshwater algae of<br />
Northumberland and Durham. Vas 22 89-95.<br />
GRIFFITHS, B. M. 1936. <strong>The</strong> limnology of the Long Pool, Butter by Marsh,<br />
Durham: an account of th temperature, oxygen content, and composition of the water<br />
and of the periodicity and distribution of the phyto and plankton. JLinnSB 50 pp 393-<br />
416.<br />
HALE, W. G. 1962. Studies on the biology of moorland Collem bola. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
HALL, K. 1967. Population trends in County Durham: with special refence to future<br />
development. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
HALLS, H. C. 1964. Analysis of noise in the Rookhope area. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
HANCOCK, A. & HOWSE, R. 1869/70. On Janassa bituminosa Schlotheim, from<br />
the Marl-Slate of Midderidge, Durham. TNHSOS 3 pp 339-357.<br />
HANCOCK, A. & HOWSE, R. 1871/72. On a new Labyrinthodont Amphibian from<br />
the Magnesian Limestone of Midderidge, Durham. TNHSOS 4 pp 219-231.<br />
HANCOCK, A. & HOWSE, R. 1871/72. On Proterosaurus speneri von Meyer, and a<br />
new species, Proterosaurus huxleyi, from the marl-slate of Midderidge, Durham.<br />
TNHSOS 4 232-242.<br />
HANCOCK, A. & HOWSE, R. 1871/72. On Dorypterus hoffmanni Germar, from the<br />
marl-slate of Midderidge, Durham. TNHSOS 4 DD 243-268.<br />
17
HANCOCK, J. 1874. A catalogue of the birds of Northumberland and Durham,<br />
TNHSOS 6 pp 1-67.<br />
HANCOCK, J. 1878/80. Notes on the breeding of the stock dove, Columba oenas L.,<br />
in County Durham. TNHSOS 7 pp 359 361.<br />
HANCOCK, J. 1884/89. Occurrence of Sabine's Gull, Lams sabini Leach in County<br />
Durham. TNHSOS 8 pp 27-28. HANDLEY, R. 1970. A summertime study of wood<br />
mice and bank voles in Castle Eden Dene. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
HARBORD, N. H. 1962. Mineralogy of Yoredale series rocks in Upper Teesdale<br />
with special reference to clay minerals. 2 vols. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
HARDY, G. E. 1958. Studies in the quantitative morphology and ecology of<br />
Melandrium rubrum (Weig.) Garcke in the County of Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />
HARRISON, H. H. 1925. Birtley Marshes. Vas 11 pp 115-117.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1915. Coccidae observed in Durham and North Yorkshire. Nat<br />
pp 78-81.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1916. <strong>The</strong> wild rose of Durham. Nat pp 9-13.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1916. Aleuropteryx lutea Wallengren: a Neuropteron new to<br />
Britain. Nat pp 97-98.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1916. <strong>The</strong> history and geography of the shubby cinquefoil.<br />
Vas 2 pp 49-51.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1917. A new species and genus of Aleyrodidae from Durham.<br />
Vas 3 pp 60-62.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1917. A survey of Lower Tees Marshes and reclaimed areas<br />
adjoining them. TNHSNS 5 (1).<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1917. Birtley Fell. Vas 3 pp 115-118.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1917. New and rare Homoptera in the Northern Counties.<br />
Entomologist. 50.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1917. <strong>The</strong> genera Orchis and Gymnadenia in Durham. Vas 3<br />
pp 86-89.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1918. A survey of the Lower Tees Marshes and of the<br />
reclaimed area adjoining them. TNHSNS 5 pp 89 -154.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1921. <strong>The</strong> variation of Primula farinosa L. in County Durham.<br />
Vas 7 21-25<br />
18
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1922. More plants from the Blackhall Rocks. Vas 9 pp 122-<br />
123.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1925. <strong>The</strong> Durham orchids. Vas 11 121-124.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1926. Late September on Waldridge Fell. Vas 72 pp 14-16.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1926. <strong>The</strong> Lepidopterous genus Tephrosia and certain of its<br />
allies in Northumberland and Durham. Vas 12 137-139.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1930. A revision of certain Northern Rose Groups. Nat.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1939. <strong>The</strong> dragonflies of Northumberland and Durham. Vas 25<br />
pp 40-41.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. & TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1939. <strong>The</strong> Flora of the Three<br />
Northern Counties. In: Headlam, C. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> Three Northern Counties. Gateshead.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1940. <strong>The</strong> humble-bees of Northumberland and Durham. Vas<br />
26 pp 17-19.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1949. Insects — Scientific survey of North East England for<br />
British Association.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1949. Flora. In: British Association Survey of North East<br />
England, pp 49-57. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. & RICHARDSON, J. A. 1953. <strong>The</strong> Magnesian Limestone area<br />
of Durham and its vegetation. TNNU 2 (1) pp 1-28.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. 1954. <strong>The</strong> wild roses of Northumberland and Durham. History<br />
and Trans. of Consett & District Nats. Field Club.<br />
HARRISON, J. W. H. & RICHARDSON, J. A. 1954. Further investigations in the<br />
Flora of the 'Magnesian Limestone area of Durham PUDPS.<br />
HARRISON, Y. 1953. <strong>The</strong> Genus Rubus L. in Northumberland and Durham. TNNU<br />
2 (1) pp 29-39.<br />
HART-JONES, B. E. 1969. <strong>The</strong> investigation of a humus deposit in Cuthbert's Wood,<br />
County Durham. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
HAUGHAN, K. 1968. A village study in the Upper Derwent Valley, County<br />
Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
HAYNES, P. W. 1967. <strong>The</strong> geology of the country around High Force Force, Upper<br />
Teesdale. Ug Diss Geol D.<br />
19
HEADLAM. C. 1939. <strong>The</strong> three Northern Counties of England.<br />
HEAL, O. W. 1959. Investigations on Protozoa with special reference to moorland<br />
forms. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
HEAL, 0. W. 1963. Cladocera (Crustacea) from Pennine Moor land. Nat pp 47-49.<br />
HENDERSON, D. G. 1970. Some nutritional studies on the wood mouse Apodemus<br />
sylvaticus, MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
HERDMAN, T. 1909. <strong>The</strong> glacial phenomena of the Vale of Derwent.PUDPS 3 pp<br />
109-118.<br />
HERDMAN, W. 1902. <strong>The</strong> Yoredale rocks of Teesdale. Darlington.<br />
HEWETSON, V. P. 1970. A study of the vegetational history of Widdybank Fell in<br />
Upper Teesdale. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
HEWETT, W. 1894. Spilosoma lubricipeda and its varieties radiata, eboracori,<br />
fasciata etc. in Yorkshire, Durham, Lincolnshire etc. Nat pp 353-362.<br />
HICKLING, H.G. A. etal 1931. Contributions to the geology of Northumberland and<br />
Durham. PGAL 42 217-294.<br />
HODGE, B. L. 1965. <strong>The</strong> great cyclotherm of Northern England. 2 vols. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis<br />
D.<br />
HODGE, G. 1871/72. Catalogue of the Echinodermata of Northumberland and<br />
Durham. TNHSOS 4 pp 120-150.<br />
HODGSON, G. W. I. 1967. A comparative analysis of faunal remains from some<br />
Roman and native sites in Northern England. 2 vols. MSc <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
HOPKINS, W. 1948. Thirteen publications on coal measures of Northumberland and<br />
Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />
HORNUNG, M. 1969. Morphology, mineralogy and genesis of some soils on the<br />
Moorhouse National Nature Reserve. 2 vols. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
HOROBIN, J. C. 1971. Studies on the biology of moorland Tipulidae with particular<br />
reference to Molophilus ater Meign. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
HORRELL, E. C. 1903. Sphagna of Upper Teesdale. JB p 180.<br />
HOUSE, J. W. 1969. Industrial Britain: <strong>The</strong> North East. Newton Abbot.<br />
HOUSTON, W. N. K. 1970. Ecological studies on moorland ground beetles.<br />
(Coleoptera, Carabidae). PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
20
HOWSE, R. 1888/90. Catalogue of the fishes of the rivers and coast of<br />
Northumberland and Durham and the adjacent sea. TNHSOS 10 pp 327-390.<br />
HOWSE, R. 1888/90. Contributions towards a catalogue of the flora of the<br />
Carboniferous system of Northumberland and Durham. (1) Fossil plants from the<br />
Hutton collection. TNHSOS 10 pp 19-152.<br />
HOWSE, R. 1888/90. Note on the South Durham salt borings, with remarks on the<br />
fossils found in the Magnesian Limestone cores, and the geological position of the<br />
salt. TNHSOS 10 pp 220-226.<br />
HOWSE, R. 1894. Additions to the catalogue of the fishes of the rivers and coast of<br />
Northumberland and Durham and the adjacent sea. TNHSOS 11 pp 350-356.<br />
HOWSE, R. 1894. Note on the Conglobated form of the Magnesian Limestone of the<br />
County of Durham. TNHSOS 11 pp 60-65.<br />
HUGHES, M. K. 1970. Ecosystem Energetics (Wynyard, County Durham). JDUBS<br />
16 pp 16-23.<br />
HUGHES, M. K. 1970. Investigations of the Ecosystem Energetics of an English<br />
woodland. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
HULL, J. E. 1900. Catalogue of the spiders (Araneidea) of Northumberland and<br />
Durham. TNHSOS 13 pp 57-107.<br />
HULL, J. E. 1901. Spiders of Northumberland and Durham: some notes of recent<br />
captures. Nat 365-368.<br />
HULL, J. E. 1909/13. Terrestrial Acari of the Tyne Province, TNHSNS 4 pp 381-<br />
409.<br />
HULL, J. E. 1913. Orobatidae (Beetle-mites) of the County of Durham, with special<br />
reference to the Derwent Valley. VDNFCNS 1 (2) 152-158.<br />
HULL, J. E. 1916. Flowering plants of an upland dale — West Allendale. Vas 2 pp 1-<br />
6.<br />
HULL, J. E. 1918. Terrestrial Acari of the Tyne Province. TNHSNS 5 pp 13-88.<br />
HULL, J. E. 1919. Celtic survivals in Northumberland and Durham. Vas 5 pp 158-<br />
171.<br />
HULL, J. E. 1920. Upper Teesdale place names. Vas 6 pp 82-90.<br />
HULL, J. E. 1922. Some guests of local ants. Vas 8 pp 126-130.<br />
21
HUMPHREYS, K. 1968. <strong>The</strong> geographical significance of motorways with special<br />
reference to the Durham motorway. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
HUTCHINGS, W. M. 1898. <strong>The</strong> Contact Rocks of the Great Whin Sill. GM pp 69-<br />
82, 123-131.<br />
HUTCHINSON. 1966. Occurrence of living and sub-fossil remains of Betula nana in<br />
Upper Teesdale. NP 65.<br />
INGHAM, W. 1901. Sphagna of Yorkshire and Durham. Nat. pp 145-148.<br />
INGHAM, W. 1902. Harpidioid Hypna of Yorkshire and Durham. Nat. pp 93-96.<br />
JACKSON, A. R. 1908. A note on some rare spiders from the Derwent Valley.<br />
VDNFCNS 1 (1) pp 31-32.<br />
JACKSON, L. 1957. Upper Teesdale. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
JACKSON, R. S. 1968. Aquifer studies in County Durham and Nairobi area, Kenya.<br />
MSc Diss Geol D.<br />
JEFFREYS, H. 1916. On the vegetation of four Durham coal measure fells. JE 4 nos.<br />
3 & 4.<br />
JEFFRIES, P. S. 1966. <strong>The</strong> human geography of Weardale, County Durham. Ug Diss<br />
Geog D.<br />
JOHN, D. M. 1968. Studies on littoral and sublittoral ecosystems. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
JOHNSON, G. A. L. 1959/60. Peat with flints (Great Dun Fell). JDCGIS pp 6-8.<br />
JOHNSON, G. A. L. & DUNHAM, K. C. 1963. <strong>The</strong> Geology of Moorhouse. Nat.<br />
Conserv. Men. 2 H.M.S.O.<br />
JOHNSON, G. A. L. 1965. Geology. In: Valentine, D. H. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> natural history of<br />
Upper Teesdale. pp 12-22. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />
JOHNSON, G. A. L. 1970. Geology. Durham County and City with Teesside. British<br />
Association, ed. J. C. Dewdney.<br />
Durham.<br />
JOHNSON, G. A. L. et al. 1970. Geology of Durham County.<br />
TNHSNS 77 5-152.<br />
JOHNSON, G. A. L., ROBINSON, D. & HORNING, M. 1971. Unique bedrocks and<br />
soils associated with the Teesdale flora. Nature 232.<br />
22
JOHNSON, M. 1957. <strong>The</strong> ecology and sexual behaviour of stocks of P. caudatum<br />
from the North East and North West of England. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />
JOHNSON, M. E. 1961. Stratigraphy and age of the peat deposits of the Moorhouse<br />
Reserve. Unpublished.<br />
JOHNSON, W. 1884/89. A catalogue of Mr. N. J. Winch's lichens now in the<br />
Museum of the Natural History Society, Newcastle upon Tyne. TNHSOS 8 pp 307-<br />
325.<br />
JOHNSON, W. 1905. A Derwentside rarity — a Chough. VDNFCOS 5 p 87.<br />
JOHNSTONE, D. 1964. <strong>The</strong> development, settlement pattern and structure of<br />
population of Tyneside, Wearside and Teesside. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
JONES, D. J. 1968. Energy cycling in the sea. JDUBS 14.<br />
JONES, D. J. 1970. Ecological studies of the fauna inhabitating the hapteron of the<br />
kelp plant Laminaria hyperborea. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
JONES, G. 1. 1970. <strong>The</strong> effects of weathering on the strength of some British coal<br />
measure rocks. MSc Diss Geol D.<br />
JONES, H. LI. 1956. <strong>The</strong> stratigraphy and structure of the area between Middletonin-Teesdale<br />
and Woodlands. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
JONES, K. 1969. Mineralogy and geochemistry of the Lower and Middle Magnesian<br />
Limestone of County Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
JORDAN, A. M. 1955. Studies on Coleophora caespititiella Zeil. (Lep) associated<br />
with Juncus squarrosus L. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
JOURNAL, THE. 1963. Supplement: Newcastle and Gateshead Water Company<br />
Centenary.<br />
KEENLYSIDE, W. A. H. 1952. <strong>The</strong> Geology of the Cronkley Fell — Forest-in-<br />
Teesdale Area and Upper Teesdale. BSc <strong>The</strong>sis Sheffield.<br />
KENNARD, M. F. KNILL, J. L. 1969. Reservoirs on limestone, with particular<br />
reference to the Cow Green scheme. Journal of the Institute of Water Engineers. 23<br />
(2) pp 87-135.<br />
KERSAW, A. P. 1967. <strong>The</strong> investigation of a lowland peat bog in County Durham.<br />
MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
23
KIME, R. D. 1964. A study of two bird fleas, Ceratophyllus gallinae (Schrank) and<br />
Dasypsyllus gallmulae (Dale) in the nests of hole nesting birds. MSc <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
KIRBY, D. A. 1968. Some physical and economic aspects of water in use in the<br />
Wear Basin. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
KIRBY. J. W. 1865/67. On some remains of fish and plants from the upper limestone<br />
of the Permian series of Durham. TNHSOS 7 pp 64-83.<br />
KIRBY, J. W. 1865/67. On the fossils of -the Marl-slate and lower Magnesian<br />
Limestone, Durham. TNHSOS 7 pp 184-200.<br />
KIRBY, J. W. & DUFF, J. 1871/72. Notes on the geology of part of South Durham.<br />
TNHSOS 4 pp 150-198.<br />
KNIGHT, J. L. 1968/69. <strong>The</strong> nomenclature of the great limestone of the Alston<br />
Block. JAHS 3 (3) pp 19-21.<br />
KNIGHT, J. 1970. Renegade badger in County Durham. Nat pp<br />
95-96.<br />
KUBIK, M. L. 1970. Foundation problems in the new town of<br />
Killingworth. MSc Diss Geol D.<br />
LACHLAN, C. 1968. Energy flow through a population of Great Tits, with notes on<br />
Blue Tits. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
LAMBELLE, G. 1965. Three Rivers Country. 2 & 3. <strong>The</strong> Northern Echo, July 14 &<br />
15.<br />
LEBOUR, G. A. 1878. Outlines of the geology of Northumberland and Durham.<br />
Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />
LEBOUR, G. A. 1884/5. Note on an abnormal deposit of drift coal in North Durham.<br />
Nat. pp 178-180.<br />
LEBOUR, G. A. 1889. Visit of the British Association to Newcastle upon Tyne,<br />
Official and Local Guide. Geology and Natural History edited by G. A. Lebour.<br />
LEBOUR, G. A. 1904/06. Victoria County History of Durham.<br />
LEBOUR, M. V. 1905. Note on Velletia lacustris. Gray. VDNFCOS 5 p 88.<br />
LEE, P. C. 1966. <strong>The</strong> population and settlement in Upper Tees dale. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
LENTON, G. M. 1970. A study of the activity of six species of Harvest-spiders,<br />
(Arachnida, Opiliones). MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
LEWIN, S. A. 1970. An investigation into field populations of Galliphorine flies with<br />
special reference to the age structure of female Galliphora. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
24
LEWIS, F. J. 1904. <strong>The</strong> geographical distribution of vegetation of the basins of the<br />
Rivers Eden, Tees, Wear and Tyne. GEOG. J. 23 pp 313-331.<br />
LOCKERY, A. R. 1970. Quaternary sea-level change, lake formation and associated<br />
glacial events, with special reference to the lower Tees basin. 2 vols. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
LOFTHOUSE, R. 1887. <strong>The</strong> River Tees: its marshes and their fauna. Nat pp 1-16.<br />
LOFTHOUSE, R. 1890. Bird-notes from the Tees district during the late autumn and<br />
winter months 1889-90. Nat pp 97-98. LOFTHOUSE, T. A. 1917. A few notes from<br />
Upper Teesdale. Vas 8 pp 27-29.<br />
LOGAN, A. 1962. <strong>The</strong> revision of the palaeontology of the Permian limestone of<br />
County Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />
LONGSTAFFE, W. H. 1909. Darlington, its Annals and Characteristics.<br />
LOUSLEY, J. B. 1928. Upper Teesdale. 44th Annual report Watson Botany ex. Club.<br />
pp 413-414.<br />
MacEWAN, C. M. 1967. A study on the bioenergetics of a fresh water gastropod,<br />
Planorbis planabis L. in a small pond. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
MANLEY, G. 1936. <strong>The</strong> climate of the Northern Pennines. QJRMS 62 pp 103-113.<br />
MANLEY, G. 1938. High level records from the Northern Pennines. Meteorological<br />
Magazine 73 pp 69-72.<br />
MANLEY, G. 1942. Meteorological observations on Dun Fell. QJRMS 68 pp 151-<br />
165.<br />
MANLEY, G. 1943. Further climatological averages for the Northern Pennines with<br />
a note on topographical effects. QJRMS 69 pp 251-261.<br />
MANSON,. R. T. 1884. Zigzag ramblings.<br />
MANSON, R. T. 1897. <strong>The</strong> Geology of the Tees Valley. Darling ton.<br />
MANSON, R. T. 1899. <strong>The</strong> Geology of South Durham, Darling ton and Teesdale.<br />
MARSHALL, A. 1969. Geotechnical aspects of the glacial deposits of the Team<br />
Wash. MSc Diss Geol D.<br />
25
McINTOSH, W. C. 1871/72. Report on a collection of annelids dredged of<br />
Northumberland and Durham. TNHSOS 4 pp 118 120.<br />
McKEE, R. F. 1965. An investigation in the East Durham plateau<br />
into the problems of soil survey in relation to agricultural<br />
productivity. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
McLELLAN, A. G. <strong>The</strong> Derwent Reservoir Scheme. <strong>The</strong> River Boards Association,<br />
pp 23-28.<br />
MEEK, A. 1904/07. On fishes of the North East coast. TNHSNS 1 35-38.<br />
MEESE, G. B. 1969. Some aspects of energy balance in the bank vole<br />
(Clethrionomys glareolus). MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
MEGORAN, M. A. 1963. Teesdale. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
MENNEL & PERKINS. 1864. Catalogue of the Mammalia of Northumberland and<br />
Durham. TNFC 6 (2).<br />
MERRICK, E. 1915. On the formation of the River Tync drainage area. GM Decade<br />
6 2 pp 294-304, 353-360.<br />
METEOROLOGICAL OFFICE. 1963. Rainfall over the areas of the Northumberland<br />
and Tyneside and Wear and Tees River Boards, 1916-1950. Hydrological<br />
Memoranda 8 p 22.<br />
MILBURN, C. E. 1915. <strong>The</strong> breeding of the Ruff in Durham. Vas 1123-125.<br />
MILLINGTON, G. R. 1964. Stratigraphy and pollen analysis of the Burtree Lane<br />
peat bed. JDUNHS 10 pp 17-20.<br />
MINISTRY OF FUEL AND POWER. 1945. Durham coalfield, regional survey and<br />
report. Northern B. region.<br />
MINISTRY OF HOUSING & LOCAL GOVERNMENT. 1961. Wear and Tees<br />
hyrological survey: Hydrometric areas 24 & 25. H.M.S.O.<br />
MINISTRY OF TECHNOLOGY, HYDRAULIC RESEARCH<br />
STATION. 1966. <strong>The</strong> Tees Estuary. Report No. 336.<br />
MOREHOUSE. 1939. Conchology. In: Yorks. Nats. in Teesdale. Nat. pp 263-264.<br />
NELSON, J. M. 1971. <strong>The</strong> Invertebrates of an area of Pennine Moorland \vithin the<br />
Moor House Nature Reserve in Northern England. Trans. of Society for British<br />
Entomology. 19 (2).<br />
NELSON, T. H. 1889. Ornithological notes from Redcar and Teesmouth for 1887<br />
and 1888. Nat. pp. 81-86.<br />
26
NELSON, T. H. 1890. Bird notes from Redcar and Teesmouth for 1889-90. Nat. pp<br />
99-100.<br />
NEWCASTLE & GATESHEAD WATER CO. 1963. Water.<br />
NICHOLSON, F. W. 1905. Shotley Bridge. VDNFCOS J pp 49 57.<br />
NICHOLSON, J. B. & FLOWERS, J. E. 1926. Botanical notes from Darlington. Vas<br />
13 pp 33-35.<br />
NICHOLSON, J. B. 1929. <strong>The</strong> vegetation of Hell Kettles. Vas 15 pp 2.7, 44-49, 83-<br />
88, 125-131.<br />
NICHOLSON, J. B. 1930. Notes on the flora of Upper Teesdale in 1840. Vas 14 pp<br />
90-92.<br />
NICHOLSON, J. B. 1940. Darlington 'first dates.' Vas 26 pp 20 24.<br />
NORRIS, J. M. 1965. <strong>The</strong> soils of old Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
NORTH REGIONAL PLANNING COMMITTEE, NORTHERN ADVISORY<br />
COUNCIL FOR SPORT AND RECREATION. 1967. Water sports in the Northern<br />
Region,<br />
NORTHUMBRIAN ANGLERS ASSOCIATION. 1965. Hand book and guide to<br />
North Country Angling.<br />
NOWERS, J. E. 1937. Notes on birds seen in Upper Teesdale. Vas 23 p 106.<br />
NOWERS, J. E. 1938. Notes on birds seen in Upper Teesdale. Vas 24 p 100.<br />
OAKLEY, H. R. & DYER, E. A. 1966. Investigations of sea outfalls for Tyneside<br />
sewage disposal. Proc. Institute of Civil Engineers 33 pp 201-230.<br />
OLDFIELD, C. J. 1968. A study of the agonistic behaviour of the long-tailed field<br />
mouse (Apodemus sylvaticus) and the bank vole (Clethrionomys glareolus), MSc<br />
Diss Ecol D.<br />
OMER-COOPER, J. 1931. Some notes on Dytiscidae collected in Northumberland<br />
and Durham in 1930. Vas 11 pp 43-50.<br />
PARRACK, J. D. & BELL, D. G. 1970. Ornithological report for Northumberland<br />
and Durham for 1968. TNHSNS 77 pp 79 112.<br />
PATTINSON, R. 1962/63. Namurian chamosite oolites on the Alston Block. JDCGIS<br />
7 pp 8-14.<br />
PATTINSON, R. 1964. Stratigraphy and sedimentation of the Namurian strata in the<br />
Coalcleugh-Rookhope district, Northern Pennines. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D<br />
27
PEABODY, A. J. & WHITTON, B. A. 1968. Algae of the River Wear; 1. Diatoms.<br />
Nat. pp 89-96.<br />
PEABODY, A. J. 1969. Diatoms of the River Wear. MSc <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
PEACHEY, J. E. 1959. Studies on the Enchytraeidae of moor land soils. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis<br />
D.<br />
PEACOCK, A. D. 1925. <strong>The</strong> history and geography in outline of the flora and fauna<br />
of Northumberland and Durham. Vas II pp 65-71,104-109.<br />
PEARSALL W. H. & MASON, F. A. 1925. Middleton-in-Teesdale and its natural<br />
history. Nat. pp 249-252.<br />
PETERLEE DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION. 1967. Castle Eden Dene, Peterlee.<br />
PHILLIPS, B. J. 1969. A study of the effect of modern agricultural practice on the<br />
growth physiology of two crop plants, with special reference to fertilizer treatments.<br />
MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
PIGOTT, C. D. & WALTERS, S. M. 1954. On the interpretation of the discontinuous<br />
distributions shown by certain British species of open habitats. JE 42 pp 95-116.<br />
PIGOTT, C. D. 1956. <strong>The</strong> vegetation of Upper Teesdale in the North Pennines. JE 44<br />
pp 545-586.<br />
POLLARD, J. E. 1962. Carboniferous Ostracod-Mussel bands in Northern England.<br />
PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
PORTER,, W. B. 1969. <strong>The</strong> construction of an energy budget for the Cinnabar Moth<br />
(Callimorpha jacobaeae L.) and the use of this moth in the biological control of<br />
Ragwort (Senecio jacobaea L.) MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
POTTER, M. C. 1908. Fungus Foray in Gibside. VDNFCNS 1 (1) pp 39-40.<br />
POTTS, G. R. 1966. Studies on a marked population of the Shag (Phalacrocorax<br />
aristotelis), with special reference to the breeding biology of birds of known age.<br />
PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
PRATT, K. A. 1968. <strong>The</strong> 'Haar' of North East England. Northumberland, Durham,<br />
Yorkshire. Ug Diss Geol D.<br />
PRESTON, H. 1915. <strong>The</strong> Black Hall Rocks — a naturalist's paradise. Vas 7 pp 14-<br />
18.<br />
PRESTON, H. 1916. Marine zoology at Redcar. Vas 2 pp 33-37.<br />
PRESTON, H. 1923. Marine biology at Black Hall Rocks. Vas 9 pp 83-84.<br />
28
PRESTON, H. 1929. Flint work-sites in north east Durham. Vas 15 pp 137-141.<br />
PRITCHETT, H. D. 1935. <strong>The</strong> remains of Roman Piercebridge. Vas 21 pp 42-46.<br />
PROCTOR, H. G. 1965. Mankind. In: Valentine, D. H. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> Natural History of<br />
Upper Teesdale. pp 5-11. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />
PROCTOR, W. 1846. List of Birds. In: Ornsby, G. Sketches of Durham, pp 196-201.<br />
RAISTRICK, A. 1932. Prehistoric invasions of Northumberland and Durham. TNNU<br />
7 p 187.<br />
RAISTRICK, A. 1933. A prehistoric site on the south Durham Coast. Vas 19 pp 129-<br />
144.<br />
RAISTRICK, A. 1935. Some Pennine weather records of the 19th century. Vas pp<br />
50-51.<br />
RAISTRICK, A. & BLACKBURN, K. B. 1931. <strong>The</strong> late-glacial and post-glacial<br />
periods in the Northern Pennines. TNNU 7 pp 16-36,79-104.<br />
RAISTRICK, A. & JENNINGS, B. 1965. History of lead mining in the Pennines.<br />
London.<br />
RAMSDEN, D. M. 1947. Teesdale. London.<br />
RANDRIAMAMONSY, F. 1967. Studies on the overwintering of mosquitoes at<br />
Durham. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
RAW, W. 1925. Birds of Middleton-in-Teesdale area. Yorks. Nats. Union Circular<br />
No. 320.<br />
REA, C. 1908. Visit of the British Mycological Society to Gibside. List of the Fungi<br />
and Mycetozoa found there. VDFCNS 7 (1) pp 33-35.<br />
READING, H. G. 1954. <strong>The</strong> stratigraphy and structure of the syncline of Stainmore.<br />
PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
READING, H. G. 1957. <strong>The</strong> statigraphy and structure of the Cotherstone syncline.<br />
QJGSL 113 pp 27-56.<br />
REAY, R. C. 1959. A population study on Coleophora alticolella Zeil. (Lep.) PhD<br />
<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
RICHARDSON, D. 1968. A History of the River Wear. Unpublished.<br />
RICHARDSON, J. A. 1957. Magnesian Limestone flora. JDCNHS 026.<br />
29
RICHMOND, G. A. 1970. An agricultural geography of Upper Weardale. Ug Diss<br />
Geog. D.<br />
RICHMOND, W. K. 1930. Waders on Darlington sewage farm. Vas 16 pp 23-26.<br />
RIELEY, J. 0. 1967. <strong>The</strong> ecology of Carex flacca Schreb. & Carex panicea L. PhD<br />
<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
RITSON, F. W. 1900. A ramble in North West Durham. Nat pp 133-139.<br />
ROBINSON, J. F. 1892. <strong>The</strong> Glacial Drift in the Vale of Derwent. VDNFCOS 2 pp<br />
24-33.<br />
ROBINSON, W. H. 1969. Some aspects of the engineering geology of the City of<br />
Durham. MSc Diss Geol D.<br />
ROBSON, E. 1794. Plantae Dunelmenses. DNHS.<br />
ROBSON, J. E. 1902. Acatalogue of the Lepidoptera of Northumberland, Durham<br />
and Newcastle upon Tyne. Vol. I Macro-Lepidoptera, TNHSOS 72 Part 2, pp 194-<br />
318.<br />
ROBSON, J. E. 1899. A catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Newcastle, Northumberland<br />
and Durham. Vol. I Macro Lepidoptera TNHSOS Part 1. pp 1-194.<br />
ROBSON, J. E. 1905. A catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Northumberland, Durham<br />
and Newcastle. Vol 2 Micro Lepidoptera. TNHSOS 75 Part I pp 1-106.<br />
ROBSON, J. E. 1913. A catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Northumberland, Durham<br />
and Newcastle. Vol 2 Micro Lepidoptera. TNHSOS 75 Part 2 pp 167-289.<br />
ROBSON, J. P. 1927. Some Teesdale records of Lepidoptera. Vas 13 pp 140-147 &<br />
14 pp 115-120.<br />
ROBSON, S. 1775. Plantae rariores agro Dumelmensi indigenae.<br />
ROBSON, S. 1777. British Flora.<br />
ROBSON, T. 1915. Observations of the Mammalia of the Derwent Valley.<br />
VDNFCNS 1 (2) pp 88-90.<br />
ROBSON, T. 1913. Some notes on the Ornithology of the Derwent Valley.<br />
VDNFCNS 1 (2) pp 91-95.<br />
ROEBUCK, W. D. 1889. Report for Conchological Section of Y.N.U. meeting in<br />
Upper Teesdale. Nat pp 282-283.<br />
ROLLIN, C. N. 1928. <strong>The</strong> birds of Jarrow Slake. Vas 14 pp 144 -147.<br />
ROLLIN, C. N. 1929. A north-east Durham bird resort. Vas 75 pp 141-145.<br />
30
ROLLIN, N. 1931. A preliminary survey of the habits and move ments of gulls about<br />
Tyneside. I & II. Vas 17 pp 17-23, 51 58.<br />
ROSE, F. HAWKSWORTH, D. L. & COPPINS, B. J. 1970. A lichenological<br />
excursion through the North of England. Nat no. 913 pp 49-55.<br />
ROUND-TURNER, N. L. 1968. Some aspects of the ecology of Sesleria caerulea<br />
(L.) and subsp. calcarea. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
RUSSEL-SMTTH. A. 1967. Energy flow through a population of Oribatid Mites.<br />
MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
RUXTON, J. E. 1926. Some Hymenoptera Aculeata from the Upper Derwent Valley.<br />
Vas 12 pp 96-98.<br />
RUXTON, J. E. 1927. Further notes on the Hymenoptera Aculeata of the Shotley<br />
Bridge district. Vas 13 98-102.<br />
RUXTON. J. E. 1928. Some Derwent Valley birds. Vas 14 pp 57 58.<br />
SALMON, C. E. 1914. Notes upon Teesdale Plants. JB 52 pp 138-139.<br />
SAUNDERS, T. W. 1910. Notes on Conchology in Upper Tees dale. Nat.<br />
SHAW. E. M. 1957. Rainfall and runoff: hydrological studies in Weardale. MSc<br />
<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
SHAW, G. A. 1950. Some Teesdale mosses. Nat p 59.<br />
SHEPPARD, T. 1910. Natural history of Middleton-in-Teesdale. Nat pp 260-267.<br />
SHIMWELL, D. W. 1968. Conspectus Florae Dunelmensis. JDUBS 14.<br />
SHIMWELL, D. W. 1968. <strong>The</strong> phytosociology of calcareous grass lands in the<br />
British Isles. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
SHIMWELL, D. W. 1969. <strong>The</strong> status of the class Elynoseslerietalia Br.-BL. in the<br />
British Isles. MFA NF14 pp 309-321.<br />
SIMPSON, N. D. 1960. A Bibliographical Index of the British Flora.<br />
SIMPSON, R. 1964. Some geographical aspects of the agriculture of the Hartlepools<br />
region. MSc <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
SIMS, R. E. 1969. A study of the marine fouling ecosystems. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
31
SISSONS, J. B. 1960. Erosion surfaces, cyclic slopes and drainage systems in<br />
Southern Scotland and Northern England. TIBG 28 pp 23-39.<br />
SLEDGE, W. A. 1940. Teesdale Plants. Nat pp 252-253.<br />
SMAILES, M. A. 1960. North England.<br />
SMITH, D. B. 1967. Geology of the County between Durham and West Hartlepool.<br />
Memoirs of the Geographical Survey, England and Wales. New Series, Sheet 27.<br />
SMITH,, D. B. 1970. Submarine slumping and sliding in the Lower Magnesian<br />
Limestone of Northumberland and Durham. PYGS 38 pp 1-36.<br />
SMITH, K. Some thermal characteristics of two rivers in the Pennine area of<br />
Northern England. Journal of Hydrology 6 pp 405-416.<br />
SMITH, K. 1970. Weather and Climate. In: J. C. Dewdney, Durham County and City<br />
with Teesside. British Association, Durham.<br />
SMITH, L. F. 1969. Studies on Cladophora glomerata and its associate diatoms.<br />
MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
SMITH, U. K. 1964. <strong>The</strong> occurrence of Senecio spathulifolius in Northern England.<br />
Nat pp 157-158.<br />
SMITH, W. G. & WOODHEAD, T. W. 1910. Botanical survey of Teesdale. Nat. pp<br />
311-314.<br />
SMYTHE, J. A. 1921. Minerals of the North Country —- Graphite. Vas 7 pp 100-<br />
104.<br />
SMYTHE, J. A. 1921. Minerals of the North Country. II — Fluorspar. Vas 8 pp 19-<br />
24.<br />
SMYTHE, J. A. 1922. Minerals of the North Country. Ill — Barium minerals. Vas 8<br />
pp 90-93, 113-116.<br />
SMYTHE, J. A. 1923. Minerals of the North Country — Galena. Vas 9 pp 89-93,<br />
106-109.<br />
SMYTHE, J. A. 1924. Minerals of the North Country — Silicates. Vas 10 pp 66-69,<br />
100-103.<br />
SMYTHE, J. A. 1924. Minerals of the North Country — Sulphides. Vas II pp 7-14.<br />
SMYTHE, J. A. 1925. Minerals of the North Country -- Sulphates of Calcium,<br />
Sodium and Magnesium. Vas 77 pp 110-113.<br />
SMYTHE, J.A. 1926. Minerals of the North Country. Vas 72 pp 140-147.<br />
32
SMYTHE, J. A. 1926. Minerals of the North Country — Oxides of Iron and<br />
Manganese. Vas 13 pp 20-27.<br />
SMYTHE, J. A. 1927. Minerals of the North Country — minerals of organic origin:<br />
Hydrocarbons. Vas 13 pp 41-48.<br />
SMYTHE, J. A. 1927. Minerals of the North Country — minerals of organic origin:<br />
Dopplerite. Vas 13 pp 91-95.<br />
SMYTHE, J. A. 1927. Minerals of the North Country — miscellaneous. Vas 14 pp<br />
12-17.<br />
SMYTHE, J. A. 1931. <strong>The</strong> Whin Sill in Thinhope. Vas 77 pp 138 145.<br />
SMYTHE, J. A. 1933. Nickel-bearing Goslarite, Epsomite and Melanterite from<br />
County Durham. Vas 19 pp 12-17.<br />
SOPWITH, T. 1833. An account of the mining districts of Alston Moor, Weardale<br />
and Teesdale, comprising descriptive sketches of the scenery, antiquities,, geology<br />
and mining operations in the upper dales of the rivers Tyne, Wear and Tees. Alnwick.<br />
SOWERBY, M. R. G. 1964. Recent change in Durham coal mining industry. Ug Diss<br />
Geog D.<br />
SPRINGETT, J. A. 1967. An ecological study of moorland Enchytraeidae. PhD<br />
<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
SPRUCE, R. 1844. <strong>The</strong> Musci and Hepaticae of Teesdale. Ann. and Mag. Natural<br />
History 13 pp 191-203, 271-281.<br />
SPRUCE, R. 1946. <strong>The</strong> Musci and Hepaticae of Teesdale. Trans. of the Botanical<br />
Society,, Edinburgh. 2 pp 65-89.<br />
SQUIRES, R. H. 1970. A contribution to the vegetational history of Upper Teesdale.<br />
PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
STRACEY, R. A. 1961. <strong>The</strong> interpretation of a magnetic survey over the Whin<br />
Dykes. MSc <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
STAINTHORPE, A. & DRURY, G. L. Northern Naturalists Union, Birds noted in<br />
Upper Teesdale. Vas 25 p 89.<br />
STALLYBRASS, H. G. 1970. A study of the upland and lowland forms of the<br />
Harvestman, Mitopus mario. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
STARKIE, A. 1970. An investigation of heavy metal ion concentrations in littoral<br />
and sub-littoral marine ecosystems. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
STARR, D. C. 1970. <strong>The</strong> effect of weathering on the stability of coal measure shales.<br />
MSc Diss Geol D.<br />
33
STEAD, P. J. 1963. Blue winged teal on Cowpen Marsh in 1881. TNHSNS 14 p 36.<br />
STEBBING, T. R. R. 1905. Crustaceans. In: Victoria County History of Durham.<br />
London.<br />
STEVENS, J. H. 1970. Sites of geomorphological interest in County Durham.<br />
GEOG. Oce. Papers 10.<br />
STEVENS, J. H. & ATKINSON, K. 1970. Soils and their capability. In: J. C.<br />
Dewdney, Durham County and City with Teesside. British Association, Durham.<br />
SVENDSEN, J. A. 1955. Studies on the earthworm fauna of Pennine moorland, PhD<br />
<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
TARREN, G. R. 1959. Water supply in County Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
TEGNER, H. S. 1961. Beasts of the North Country, from whales to shrews; with six<br />
pages of plates, two drawings. London.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. & COOKE, R. B. 1920. Some notes on the flora of Upper<br />
Teesdale. Vas 6 pp 48-51, 76-81.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1923. Some notes on the bird life of Ravens worth Park and<br />
the Lower Team Valley. Vas 9 pp 111-116.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1933. <strong>The</strong> Ballast-Hill flora of Northumberland and Durham.<br />
Vas 19 pp 131-133.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1934. Notes on the flora of Upper Teesdale. Vas 20 pp 95-97.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1938. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />
for the year 1937. Vas 24 pp 55-59, 89 92.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1939. Notes on some plants in Northumberland and Durham.<br />
Vas 25 pp 123-127.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1939. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />
for 1938. Vas 25 pp 42-51.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1940. <strong>The</strong> Black-headed Gull in Northumberland and Durham.<br />
Vas 26 pp 33-37.<br />
TEMPERLEYY, G. W. 1943. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />
for 1942. Nat pp 73-75.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1948. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />
for 1947. Nat pp 115-131.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1949. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />
for 1948. Nat DD 115-131<br />
34
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1950. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />
for 1949. Nat pp 109-125.<br />
TEMPERLEYY, G. W. 1950. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />
for 1950. Nat pp 115-133.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1951. A history of the birds of Durham. TNHSNS 9 pp 5-296.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1952. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />
for 1951. Nat pp 109-129.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1950/53. Ornithological report for Northumberland and<br />
Durham for 1952.. TNHSNS 10 pp 101 152.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1950/53. <strong>The</strong> past and present status of the squirrels in<br />
Northumberland and Durham. TNHSNS 10 pp 153-164.<br />
TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1954/56. Ornithological reports for Northumberland and<br />
Durham for 1953, 1954 and 1955. TNHSNS pp 1-40, 87-132, 169-212.<br />
TERRY, C. R. 1959. Sunderland. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
THOMAS, R. 1964. Medieval Hartlepool. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
THORPE, H. <strong>The</strong> green villages of County Durham. TIBG 151949 pp 153-180.<br />
TICKLE, W. 1965. <strong>The</strong> future of the flora of Upper Teesdale. JDUNHS II.<br />
TRECHMANN, C. T. 1904. Neolithic remains in South Durham. Nat pp 77-78.<br />
TRECHMANN, C. T. 1905. Neolithic remains on the Durham coast. Nat pp 341-342,<br />
361-363.<br />
TRECHMANN, C. T. 1909/13. Notes on Neolithic Chipping sites in Northumberland<br />
and Durham. TNHSNS 4 pp 67-85.<br />
TRECHMANN, C. T. 1925. Scandnavian drift and Durham loess. PYGS.<br />
TRISTRAM, H. B. 1905. Birds. In: Victoria County History of Durham. London.<br />
TROTTER, F. M. 1927. <strong>The</strong> tertiary uplift and resultant drainage of the Alston Block<br />
and adjacent areas. PYGS 21 pp 161 181.<br />
TROTTER, F. M. 1929. Glaciation of Eastern Edenside, the Alston Block and the<br />
Carlisle Plain. QJGSL 85 pp 549-612.<br />
35
TROTTER, F. M. & HOLLINGWORTH, S. E. 1932. <strong>The</strong> glacial sequence in the<br />
North of England. GM 69 pp 374-380.<br />
TROTTER, F. M. 1944. <strong>The</strong> age of the ore deposits of the Lake District and the<br />
Alston Block. GM 81 pp 223-229.<br />
TULLY, H. 1936. <strong>The</strong> Little Owl in Northumberland and Durham. Vas 22 pp 41-45.<br />
TURING, H . D. 1947. <strong>The</strong> Tees; Pollution 2 pp 16-21.<br />
TURING, H. D. 1949. Wear; Pollution 3 pp 20-38.<br />
TURNER, J. 1970. Vegetational History in Durham City and County with Teesside.<br />
Ed. J. C. Dewdney. British Association, Durham.<br />
TURNER, M. J. 1967. <strong>The</strong> influence of geological structure on the stability of rock<br />
slopes. MSc Diss Geol D.<br />
UTLEY, J. P. 1939. Ornithology of Holwick Scars and Upper Teesdale. Yorks. Nats.<br />
Union Circular No. 417.<br />
UZOZIE, I. C. 1962. Whitburn and its environs. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
VALENTINE, D. H. Ed. 1965. <strong>The</strong> Natural History of Upper Teesdale. Newcastle<br />
upon Tyne.<br />
VINCENT, P. J. 1969. <strong>The</strong> glacial history and deposits of a selected part of the<br />
Alston Block. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
WAILES, C. 1854/58. Catalogue of Lepidoptera of Northumberland and Durham.<br />
TNFC 3.<br />
WALKER, P. A. 1969. Phenology of spiders in two habitats on a raised beach with<br />
some new records for County Durham. TNHSNS 77 pp 69-78.<br />
WALLACE, W. 1890. Alston Moor: its pastoral peoples, its mines and miners, from<br />
the earliest period to recent times. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />
WALSH, G. B. 1910. Coleoptera of the Grangetown slagheaps. Nat pp 339-340.<br />
WALTERS, S. M. 1948. Alchemilla vulgaris agg. in Northern England. Nat pp 1-43.<br />
WANLESS, I. 1969. Upper Tees Valley: a study of recreation. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
WANLESS, T. W. 1964. Ponds. Northumberland and Durham Naturalists' Trust Ltd.<br />
Newsletter, p 10.<br />
WATTS, A. 1908/11. History of the Browney Valley. TNHSNS 3 pp 452-461<br />
36
WAUGHMAN, G. D. 1969. Studies of nitrogen fixation in the field using the<br />
acetylene reduction assay. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
WEARMOUTH, J. & BACKHOUSE, J. 1889. Vertebrate Zoology of Upper<br />
Teesdale. Yorks. Nats. Union Circular No. 81.<br />
WELCH, D. & RAWES, M. 1969. Moisture regime of soils on metamorphosed<br />
limestone in Upper Teesdale. TNHSNS 77 pp 57-68.<br />
WELLS, A. G. 1955. <strong>The</strong> stratigraphy and structure of the Middleton Tyas —<br />
Sleighthoime anticline. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
WELLS, A. J. 1957. <strong>The</strong> glaciation of the Teesdale-Swaledale watershed. PUDPS 12<br />
p 82.<br />
WESTGATE, W. A. 1958. Some aspects of the geomorphology of the Durham coast.<br />
PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
WHITE, E. 1957. Ecological investigations on certain dung inhabitating Coleoptera,<br />
with special reference to the beetles of the Genus Aphodius (Illiger). PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
WHITE, P. A. 1969. Portrait of County Durham. London. WHITTAKER, J. B. 1963.<br />
Studies on the Auchenorrhyncha (Hemiptera-lnsecta) of Pennine moorland with<br />
special reference to the Cercopidae. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
WHITTON, B. A. 1967. Notes on the Wear and the Tees. JDUBS 13.<br />
WHITTON, B. A. 1967. Studies on the growth of riverain Cladophora in culture.<br />
Arch. Mikrobiol. 58 (1) pp 21-29.<br />
WHITTON, B. A. & DALPRA, M. 1968. Floristic changes in the River Tees. H 32<br />
pp 545-550.<br />
WHITTON, B. A. & BUCKMASTER, R. C. 1969. Macrophytes of the River Wear.<br />
Nat 914 pp 97-116.<br />
WHITTON, B. A. 1970. Freshwater Botany in: Durham County and City with<br />
Teesside. Ed. J. C. Dewdney. British Association, Durham.<br />
WIGNARAJAH, S. 1968. Energy dynamics of centipede populations<br />
(LITHOBIOMORPHA — L. crassipes and L. forficafus) in woodland ecosystems.<br />
PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />
WILD, B. T. 1969. Pulverised magnesian limestone: its properties and behaviour.<br />
MSc Diss Geol D.<br />
WILLIAMS, F. 1963. Human problems in Weardale. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />
37
WILLIAMS, S. M. 1964. An economic geography of Teesdale and Langley Dale. Ug<br />
Diss Geog D.<br />
WILLIMOT, S. G. & GILCHRIST-SHIRLAW, D. W. 1960. Soils and Deposits in<br />
the Durham area. (1) Flurioglacial soils. PUDPS 13 pp 133-147.<br />
WILSON, M. J. 1969. Aspects of the feeding biology of the starling (Sturnus<br />
vulgaris). MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
WILSON, T. D. & WALLACE, A. 1963. Union list of scientific and technical<br />
periodicals in Northern libraries.<br />
WINCH, N. J. 1805/07. <strong>The</strong> botanists' guide through the counties of Northumberland<br />
and Durham. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />
WINCH, N. J. 1816. Some Indigenous Roses. Monthly Mag.<br />
WINCH, N. J. 1817. Observations on the geology of Northumberland and Durham.<br />
TGSL 4 pp 1.<br />
WINCH, N. J. 1819. An essay on the Geographical Distribution of Plants through the<br />
Counties of Northumberland, Cumber land and Durham. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />
WINCH, N. J. 1825. An essay on the Geographical Distribution of Plants through the<br />
Counties of Northumberland, Cumber land and Durham. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />
WINCH, N. J. 1831. Remarks on the distribution of the Indigenous plants of<br />
Northumberland and Durham, as connected with the geological structure of those<br />
Counties. TNHSOS 1 pp 50 57.<br />
WINFIELD, G. 1969. Effects on landscape of extractive industries in Weardale. Ug<br />
Diss Geog D.<br />
WINGATE, W. J. 1903. Durham Diptera. Nat pp 269-288.<br />
WINGATE,. W. J. 1904/07. A ramble up Bumhope. TNHSNS 1 pp 95-114.<br />
WINGATE, W. J. 1906. A preliminary list of Durham Diptera, with analytical tables.<br />
TNHSNS 2.<br />
WONG, M. G. 1969. Some edaphic factors related to the distribution of flora<br />
(including soil fungi) along the bank of the River Wear at Shincliffe, County<br />
Durham. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />
WOODELL, S. R. J. & ROSSITER, J. 1954. <strong>The</strong> Flora of Durham Walls. JDCNHS 2<br />
pp 8-11.<br />
WOODWARD, B. B. 1905. Non-marine Molluscs. In: Victoria County History of<br />
Durham. London.<br />
38
WOODWARD, W. B. 1970. Conservation. In: Durham County and City with<br />
Teesside. Ed. J. C. Dewdney. British Association, Durham.<br />
WOOLACOTT, D. 1900. On a portion of a raised-beach on the Fulwell Hills, near<br />
Sunderland. TNHSOS 13 pp 165-171.<br />
WOOLACOTT, D. 1903. An explanation of the Claxheugh section. County Durham.<br />
TNHSOS 14 pp 213-221.<br />
WOOLACOTT, D. 1905. <strong>The</strong> landslip at Claxheugh, County Durham, Sept. 1905.<br />
(Some geological reasons). TNHSNS 7 pp 434-436.<br />
WOOLACOTT, D. 1908/11. Preliminary note on a case of Thrust and Crushbrecciation<br />
in the Magnesian Limestone, County Durham. TNHSNS 3 pp 46-48.<br />
WOOLACOTT, D. 1918. On sections in the Lower Permian Rocks at Claxheugh and<br />
Down Hill, County Durham. TNHSNS 5 pp 155-162.<br />
WOOLACOTT, D. 1919. <strong>The</strong> physiography and geology of Penshaw Hill and<br />
district. Vas 5 pp 117-121.<br />
YEATES, G. K. 1948. Bird haunts in Northern Britain. London.<br />
C. SERIAL TITLES AND ABBREVIATIONS USED<br />
BRIT.RAINF. British Rainfall.<br />
DNHS Darlington Natural History Society.<br />
GEOGJ Geographical Journal.<br />
GM . Geological Magazine.<br />
H Hydrobiologica.<br />
JAHS . Journal of the Arthur Holmes Society.<br />
JAppE . Journal of Applied Ecology.<br />
JB. . Journal of Botany.<br />
JDCGgS Journal Durham Colleges Geographical Society.<br />
JDCGIS .Journal Durham Colleges Geological Society.<br />
JDCNHS .Journal Durham Colleges Natural History Society<br />
JE •Journal of Ecology.<br />
JLinnSB .Journal of the Linnaean Society—Botany.<br />
JDUBS .Journal Durham University Biological Society.<br />
JDUGS .Journal Durham University Geological Society<br />
JDUGgS .Journal Durham University Geographical Society<br />
JDUNHS .Journal Durham University Natural History Society<br />
L&MGJ .Liverpool and Manchester Geological Journal<br />
MFA,.: .Mitt.flor.-soz.Arbeitsgem.<br />
MGS(L).. Memoirs of the Geological Survey. London.<br />
MSc Diss Ecol D .MSc Dissertations are held by appropriate<br />
Departments, Durham Univ. Enquiries should be<br />
addressed to the Head of Department, Dept. of Botany<br />
or Zoology as appropriate.<br />
39
MSc <strong>The</strong>sis D MSc <strong>The</strong>sis of Durham University. Held in the Science<br />
Library. Enquiries to be addressed to the Keeper of the<br />
Science Books, Durham University.<br />
Nat <strong>The</strong> Naturalist, Hull.<br />
NAT.CONSER.MON. Nature Conservancy Monograph.<br />
NP . . . New Phytologist.<br />
PBSBI... Proc. Botanical Society, British Isles.<br />
PGAL . Proc. Geologists Association, London.<br />
PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis of Durham University are held in the<br />
Science Library. Enquiries to be addressed to the<br />
Keeper of the Science Books<br />
PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis .of Newcastle University. Enquiries to the<br />
University Librarian.<br />
PUDPS . . Proc. University Durham Philosophical Society.<br />
PYGS . . . Proc. York Geol. Society.<br />
QJGSL . Quarterly Journal Geol. Society, London.<br />
QJRMS . . Quarterly Journal Royal Met. Soc.<br />
TGSG . . . Transactions Geol. Soc., Glasgow.<br />
TGSL . . . Transactions Geol. Soc., London.<br />
TIBG . . . Transactions of Institute of British Geographers.<br />
TNFC . . . Tyneside Naturalists Field Club.<br />
TNHSNS . . Transactions Natural History Society of<br />
Northumberland and Durham, New Series.<br />
TNHSOS . . Transactions Natural History Society of<br />
Northumberland and Durham, Old Series.<br />
TNNU . . . Transactions Northern Naturalists Union.<br />
Ug Diss Geog D Undergraduate Dissertation, Dept. Geography, Durham<br />
University. Contact the Departmental Librarian and<br />
Map Curator<br />
Ug Diss Geol D Undergraduate Dissertation, Dept. Geology. Contact<br />
either Dr. G. A. L. Johnson or Miss M. Lumley,<br />
Durham University.<br />
Vas <strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong>.<br />
VDNFCNS . . Vale of Derwent Naturalist Field Club, NewSeries.<br />
VDNrCOS . Vale of Derwent Naturalist Field Club, Old Series.<br />
VEG . Vegetatio<br />
40
Printed by Ramsden Williams Publications Ltd.<br />
Ann Street, Consett, Co. Durham.